0% found this document useful (0 votes)

91 views1,800 pages

Machine Design Elements 19 Files Combined

The document contains a series of multiple-choice questions and answers related to machine design and mechanical engineering concepts. Topics covered include torsion, modulus of elasticity, tolerances, stress concentrations, and various types of bolts and fasteners. It serves as a review resource for ES Mechanical Engineering students preparing for board exams.

Uploaded by

davidjoshua.mm

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

91 views1,800 pages

Machine Design Elements 19 Files Combined

Uploaded by

davidjoshua.mm

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

MACHINE DESIGN

PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS

PART 1
ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. In pure torsion, the maximum torsional occurs at
the center of the
A. center
B. Long sides
C. Medium sides
D. short sides

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

2
MEMBERS
2. The modulus of elasticity for ordinary steel
usually falls between____ millions pounds per
square inch.
A. 28 to 31
B. 20-45
C. 26 to *28
D. 50-30
The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
3
MEMBERS
3. The modulus of elasticity is a measure of
A. accuracy
B. quality
C. stiffness
D. rigidity

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

4
MEMBERS
4. The modulus of elasticity for most metals in
compression is usually taken as that in
A. tension
B. bearing
C. torsion
D. yield

The answer is: A EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

5
MEMBERS
5. The ratio of Moment and stress
A. strain
B. contraction
C. proportional constant
D. section modulus

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

6
MEMBERS
6. For a symmetrical cross-section beam, the
flexural stress is ____ when the vertical shear is
maximum.
A. infinity
B. maximum
C. zero
D. minimum
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

7
MEMBERS
7. When tested in compression, ductile materials
usually exhibit characteristics up to the yield
strength as they when tested in tension.
A. the same
B. less than
C. more than
D. approximately the same
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

8
MEMBERS
8. As one example, the ASME Code for riveted
joints permits the design surface compressive
stress to be about ____ higher than the design
tensile stress.
A. 50%
B. 40%
C. 60%
D. 70%
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
9
MEMBERS
9. In a pressure vessel, the ratio of minimum
strength of joint to the strength of solid joint is
known as
A. efficiency
B. Performance factor
C. joint efficiency
D. relative strength
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

10
MEMBERS
10. In pressure vessel, the usual factor of safety
may be taken as
A. 2
B. 4
C. 3
D. 5

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

11
MEMBERS
11. Is the permissible variation of the size of a
dimension
A. tolerance
B. fits
C. limits
D. none of these

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

12
MEMBERS
12. If there is no fit, a liberal tolerance of the order
of ____in the machining work could be permitted.
A. ±0.020
B. ±0.010
C. ±0.09
D. ±0.05

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

13
MEMBERS
13. A tolerance where the size of a part is
permitted to be either larger or smaller than the
given dimension
A. bilateral
B. unilateral
C. lateral
D. none of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

28
MEMBERS
28. In a part at uniform temperature and not acted
upon by an external load, any internal stresses that
exist are called
A. residual stress
B. superposed stress
C. form stress
D. control stress
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

29
MEMBERS
29. Is a process of prestressing or over-stressing a
hollow cylindrical member beyond the elastic range
by hydraulic pressure
A. pressttage
B. stress relieving
C. autofrettage
D. countersinking
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

30
MEMBERS
30. When two touching surfaces have a high
contact pressure and when these surfaces have
minute relative motion, a phenomenon called
A. prestressing
B. friction
C. carving
D. fretting
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

31
MEMBERS
31. Is the process that cold works a limited amount
of material, thus giving a higher strength, and it
leaves a surface compressive stress.
A. surface finishing
B. smoothing
C. surfacing
D. surface rolling
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

32
MEMBERS
32. When a hot part is cooled suddenly by quenching,
there is momentarily a high temperature gradient that
induces a stress gradient. Some metal parts under
certain conditions crack as a result; this phenomenon is
called
A. thermal-shock failure
B. thermal fatigue
C. honing
D. Quenching
The answer is: A EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
33
MEMBERS
33. Fatigue strength is increased by repeated loads just
below the normal fatigue limit, followed by a small step by
step increases of the loading, a process is called
A. mixing
B. coaxing
C. axing
D. relieving

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

34
MEMBERS
34. Is the diameter of the imaginary cylinder that
bounds the crest of an external thread and the
roots of an internal thread.
A. mean diameter
B. stress diameter
C. minor diameter
D. major diameter
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

35
MEMBERS
35. Is the distance in inches a screw thread (a
helix) advances axially in one turn.
A. lead
B. circular pitch
C. pitch
D. mean pitch
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

36
MEMBERS
36. Is recommended for general use.
A. UNC
B. UNEF
C. UNF
D. NC

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

37
MEMBERS
37. If frequently used in automotive and aircraft
work
A. UNC
B. UNEF
C. UNF
D. NC

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

38
MEMBERS
38. Is particularly useful in aeronautical equipment.
A. UNC
B. UNEF
C. UNF
D. NC

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

39
MEMBERS
39. Is used on bolts for high-pressure pipe flanges,
cylinder head studs etc.
A. UNC
B. UNEF
C. UNF
D. 8 UN

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

40
MEMBERS
40. Then stress or load induced by the tightening
operation
A. initial stress
B. residual stress
C. initial tension
D. none of these

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

41
MEMBERS
41. For non-metallic gaskets, it has been found
that they should have a certain minimum amount of
compression as ____ for a certain cork gasket.
A. 62%
B. 68%
C. 86%
D. 76%
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

42
MEMBERS
42. Is a screw fastening with a nut on it
A. bolt
B. rivet
C. fastener
D. None of these

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

43
MEMBERS
43. Is one that has no nut and turns into a
threaded hole.
A. stud bolt
B. rivet
C. U-bolt
D. screw

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

44
MEMBERS
44. An old name for an unfinished through bolt,
comes with a square.
A. coupling bolt
B. machine bolt
C. stud bolt
D. automobile bolt

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

45
MEMBERS
45. Is a type of bolt finished all over, usually having
coarse threads.
A. coupling bolt
B. machine bolt
C. stud bolt
D. automobile bolt

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

59
MEMBERS
59. When heat-treated wire is coiled cold, it should
be stress relieved for bending stresses after
cooling by being heated at some ____.
A. 400%
B. 700%
C. 600%
D. 500%
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

60
MEMBERS
60. Is a low cost spring material, suitable where
service is not severe and dimensional precision is
not needed.
A. hard drawn wire spring
B. helical spring wire
C. stainless steel
D. helical tension spring wire
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

61
MEMBERS
61. Is a hard drawn also (80%reduction), but it is
made of high grade steel.
A. music wire
B. oil tempered wire
C. song wire
D. chromiun-silicon wire

70
MEMBERS
70. If one principal stress is zero, the state of
stress is
A. biaxial
B. uniaxial
C. mono-axial
D. triaxial

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

71
MEMBERS
71. If all the principal stresses have finite values,
the system is
A. biaxial
B. uniaxial
C. mono-axial
D. triaxial

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

72
MEMBERS
72. Under theories of failure, for static loading of
ductile material, the design stress is
A. Yield stress/factor of safety
B. Ultimate stress/factor of safety
C. factor of safety/yield stress
D. Endurance strength/factor of safety.

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

73
MEMBERS
73. Under theories of failure, the value of shear
stress is ____ that of tensile stress.
A. equal
B. double
C. half
D. 3 times

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

74
MEMBERS
74. The theory of mechanics of materials shows that the
results from the octahedral shear stress theory and those
from the maximum distortion-energy theory are
A. relevant
B. less than
C. the same
D. more than

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

75
MEMBERS
75. Is the distance measured axially, from a point
on one thread to the corresponding point in an
adjacent thread.
A. axial pitch
B. lead
C. z-pitch
D. lead angle
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

76
MEMBERS
76. Is the angle between a tangent to the pitch
helix and a plane normal to the axis of the screw.
A. helix angle
B. tangent angle
C. lead angle
D. vertical angle

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

77
MEMBERS
77. For ACME thread the pressure angle normal to
the thread is
A. 12.5°
B. 14.5°
C. 13.5°
D. 34°

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

78
MEMBERS
78. If the thread surfaces are smooth and well
lubricated, the coefficient of friction may be as low
as
A. 0.12
B. 0.16
C. 0.14
D. 0.10
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

79
MEMBERS
79. For doughtful workmanship, the recommended
coefficient of friction of thread is
A. 0.120
B. 0.102
C. 0.125
D. 0.234

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

87
MEMBERS
87. Criteria for the limiting torsional deflection vary
from 0.08° per foot of length for machinery shafts
_____ per foot.
A. 1 degree
B. 3 degrees
C. 2 degrees
D. 4 degrees
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

88
MEMBERS
88. For transmission shafts the allowable
deflection is 1 degree in a length of ___ diameters.
A. 10
B. 20
C. 15
D. 25

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

89
MEMBERS
89. An old rule of thumb for transmission shafting
is that the deflection should not exceed ____ of
length between supports.
A. 0.01 in per foot
B. 0.03 in per foot
C. 0.02 in per foot
D. 0.04 in per foot
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

90
MEMBERS
90. In general, for machinery shafts, the
permissible deflection may be closer to
A. 0.02 in/ft
B. 0.01 in/ft
C. 0.002 in/ft
D. 0.03 in/ft

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

91
MEMBERS
91. Gleason states that at bevel gears, sizes 5 in
to 15 in, the gears should not be lift or depress
more than
A. 0.01 in
B. 0.004 in
C. 0.002 in
D. 0.003 in
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

92
MEMBERS
92. The speed at which the center of mass will be equal
the deflecting forces on the shaft; the shaft with its
attached bodies will then vibrate violently, since the
centrifugal force changes its direction as the shaft turns is
A. mean speed
B. critical speed
C. geometric speed
D. unit speed
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

93
MEMBERS
93. For shaft, the minimum value of numerical
combined shock and fatigue factor to be applied in
every case to the computed bending moment is
A. 1.0
B. 1.5
C. 1.3
D. 1.8
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

94
MEMBERS
94. Most keys are
A. flat keys
B. square keys
C. saddle keys
D. A & B

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

95
MEMBERS
95. It is suggested that the design factor on yield strength
be about 1.5 for the smooth load, about 2 to 2.5 for minor
shock loading, and up to ___ severe shock loads,
especially when the loading reverses during operation.
A. 3.0
B. 4.0
C. 3.5
D. 4.5
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

96
MEMBERS
96. Typical hub lengths fall between ____
A. 1.25D to 2.4D
B. 1.25D to 5D
C. 1.3D to 3.4D
D. D to 7D

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

97
MEMBERS
97. A key that is square or flat and tapered with
head.
A. pin key
B. saddle keys
C. gib-head keys
D. none of these

The answer is: C EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

98
MEMBERS
98. A key may either straight or tapered. It is
usually a drive fit.
A. pin key
B. saddle keys
C. gib-head keys
D. none of these

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

99
MEMBERS
99. A key with one several patented methods of keying, is
driven or pressed into a hole that is small enough to close
the slit, assembled in radial direction.
A. fit key
B. saddle key
C. rollpin
D. pin key

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

100
MEMBERS
100. Kennedy keys is also known as
A. tangential keys
B. normal keys
C. saddle keys
D. rollpin

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

101
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS
PART 2
ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. A key that allows the hub to move along the
shaft but prevents the rotation of the shaft.
A. Woodruff key
B. feather key
C. gibs key
D. square key

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

2
MEMBERS
2. For involute spline, the type of fits used
A. close fit
B. press fit
C. sliding fit
D. all of these

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
3
MEMBERS
3. Used for permanent fits, are similar to involute
splines except that the pressure angle is 14.5°.
A. separation load
B. stub serrations
C. spline shaft
D. involute serrations

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

4
MEMBERS
4. Are used as couplings, or in addition to another
couplings where, in case of overload, there is
danger of danger of injury to machine or to material
in process.
A. involute serations
B. shear pin
C. flange coupling
D. king pin
The answer is: B EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
5
MEMBERS
5. A coupling that transmits power via the frictional
forces induced by pulling the flanges toward each
other over slotted tapered sleeves.
A. flange coupling
B. ribbed compession coupling
C. rigid coupling
D. flanged compression coupling
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

6
MEMBERS
6. A coupling used for absorbing some shock and
vibration that may appear on one shaft and of preventing
the occurrence of reversed stresses caused by the shaft
deflecting at the coupling.
A. rigid coupling
B. flexible coupling
C. flange coupling
D. none of these
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

7
MEMBERS
7. For a single Hooke’s coupling, the shaft angle
should not be greater than about ____.
A. 10°
B. 15°
C. 12°
D. 30°

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

8
MEMBERS
8. Journal bearing composed of two principal parts,
A. bearing and journal
B. clearance and fitted
C. shaft and babbit
D. shaft and cylinder

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

9
MEMBERS
9. When the line of action of the load, bisects the
arc of partial bearing, the bearing is said to be
A. eccentrically loaded
B. fit loaded
C. centrally loaded
D. surface loaded

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

10
MEMBERS
10. Is the difference in the radii of the bearing and
the journal
A. even clearance
B. clearance ratio
C. fit clearance
D. radial clearance

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

11
MEMBERS
11. Is one in which the radii of the journal and the
bearing are the same.
A. fitted bearing
B. partial bearing
C. full bearing
D. clearance bearing

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

12
MEMBERS
12. The line that passes through the centers of the
bearing and the journal is called the
A. line of action
B. line of centers
C. undercut
D. line of tangent

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

13
MEMBERS
13. For hydrocarbon oils, the specific gravity will be
closed to
A. 0.34
B. 0.93
C. 0.74
D. 0.83

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

34
MEMBERS
34. The recommended initial tension of belt is ___.
A. 75 lb/in of width
B. 71 lb/in of width
C. 73 lb/in of width
D. 80 lb/in of width
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

35
MEMBERS
35. The recommended net belt pull for rubber belt
is
A. 11.34 lb/ply per inch of width
B. 13.75 lb/ply per inch of width
C. 16.35 lb/ply per inch of width
D. 20.34 lb/ply per inch of width
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

36
MEMBERS
36. If two intersecting shafts are to be belt
connected, ____ guide pulleys are to be used.
A. 1
B. 3
C. 2
D. 4
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

37
MEMBERS
37. Two shafts at right angles to each other may
be connected by the ___ arrangement.
A. half turn
B. ¾ turn
C. one turn
D. quarter turn

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

38
MEMBERS
38. The minimum number of teeth on the smaller
sprocket for low speeds is
A. 12
B. 16
C. 14
D. 18

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

39
MEMBERS
39. The minimum number of teeth on the smaller
sprocket for moderate speeds is
A. 15
B. 19
C. 17
D. 21

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

40
MEMBERS
40. The minimum number of teeth on the smaller
sprocket for high speeds is
A. 19
B. 21
C. 23
D. 25

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

41
MEMBERS
41. Wire ropes are made from cold-drawn wires
that are first wrapped into ____.
A. layer
B. segment
C. strands
D. none of these

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

52
MEMBERS
52. To avoid excessive wear rate the
recommended limiting pressure for 6 x 19 rope is
____ for cast steel
A. 700 psi
B. 1000 psi
C. 900 psi
D. 1200 psi
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

53
MEMBERS
53. To avoid excessive wear rate the
recommended limiting pressure for 6 x 19 rope is
____ for manganese steel
A. 2500 psi
B. 3000 psi
C. 2000 psi
D. 2300 psi
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

54
MEMBERS
54. Friction devices used to regulate the motion of
bodies and with clutches.
A. roller
B. brakes
C. babbit
D. holders
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

55
MEMBERS
55. Are friction devices used to connect shafts
A. brakes
B. clutches
C. spring
D. holders

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

56
MEMBERS
56. That part of the total frictional energy that is
stored in the brake parts, principally in the drum or
disk, has been variously estimated at _____.
A. 56% up
B. 86% up
C. 90% up
D. 75% up
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

57
MEMBERS
57. The effectiveness of the brake may greatly
decrease shortly after it begins to act continuously.
A. vade
B. acted
C. fade
D. cade
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

58
MEMBERS
58. The brake capacity to absorbs energy is known
as:
A. energy
B. resistance brake
C. power
D. braking torque

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

59
MEMBERS
59. If the band wraps partly around the brake
wheel or drum, and braking action is obtained by
pulling the band tight onto the wheel.
A. block brake
B. band brake
C. clutch
D. centrifugal brake
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

60
MEMBERS
60. A clutch that has a disadvantage of heavier
rotating masses.
A. Multiple disc clutch
B. disc clutch
C. cone clutch
D. none of these

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

61
MEMBERS
61. The brake lining operating at temperature
____, sintered mixtures containing ceramics are
used.
A. 750° to 1000°F
B. 560° to 900°F
C. 800° to 1200°F
D. 400° to 789°F
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

62
MEMBERS
62. Are resistance welds, usually round, in the
same form as the electrodes that press the sheets
together.
A. edge joint
B. MIG welds
C. spot welds
D. TIG welds
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

63
MEMBERS
63. Consists of short lengths (2-3 in long) of welds
with space between, as 6 in on centers.
A. intermittent weld
B. MIG welds
C. spot welds
D. TIG welds

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

64
MEMBERS
64. Is an intermittent weld, lightly done to hold the
members in position for assembly purposes or for
principal welding
A. edge welds
B. tack welds
C. back welds
D. half welds
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

65
MEMBERS
65. A welding operation that use hot flame and
metal rod.
A. gas welding
B. arc welding
C. resistance welding
D. automatic welding

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

66
MEMBERS
66. The arc is covered with a welding composition,
and bare electrode wire is fed automatically.
A. resistance welding
B. submerged arc welding
C. induction welding
D. spot welding

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

67
MEMBERS
67. The recommended coefficient of fluctuation of
flywheels for punching, shearing, pressing
machines is
A. 0.05-0.1
B. 0.03-0.05
C. 0.002
D. 0.01-0.02
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

68
MEMBERS
68. For best running conditions of gear, the contact
ratio should be about
A. 1.25 to 1.4
B. 1.20 to 1.45
C. 1.34 to 1.56
D. 1.62 to 1.45
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

69
MEMBERS
69. The ___ full depth teeth have the advantages
of greater capacity and less interference trouble.
A. 14.5°
B. 24°
C. 20°
D. 30°

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

70
MEMBERS
70. Is the average tangential force on the teeth, is
then obtained from the horse power.
A. total load
B. separation load
C. pressure load
D. tangential load

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

71
MEMBERS
71. The service factor of a gear may be taken as
____ if an electric motor drives a centrifugal
blower.
A. 1
B. 3
C. 2
D. 4
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

72
MEMBERS
72. The kind of wear occurs because of a fatigue
of the surface material as a result of high contact
stresses.
A. slotting
B. pitting
C. involuting
D. curving
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

73
MEMBERS
73. Is caused by foreign matter, such as grit or
metal particles, or by a failure of the oil film at low
speed.
A. auction
B. scoring
C. abrasion
D. corrosion
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

74
MEMBERS
74. Occurs when the oil film fails, but in this case, the
load and speed are so high that the surface metal is
melted and the metal is smeared down the profile.
A. abrasion
B. corrosion
C. spalling
D. scoring

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

75
MEMBERS
75. Is a surface fatigue of greater extent than
pitting; that is the flakes are much larger. This type
of failure occurs in surface-hardened teeth.
A. abrasion
B. corrosion
C. spalling
D. scoring
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

76
MEMBERS
76. Buckingham says that mating phenolic gears
with steel of BHN less than ____ leads to
excessive abrasive wear.
A. 200
B. 400
C. 300
D. 500
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

77
MEMBERS
77. The extra tooth in gear which is use to
distributes the wear more evenly.
A. hunting tooth
B. tooth profile
C. dammy tooth
D. add tooth

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

78
MEMBERS
78. The length of the hub should not be made
____ the face width of the gear.
A. less than
B. equal
C. greater
D. none of these

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

79
MEMBERS
79. ____ is a gear that has teeth cut on the inside
of the rim instead of on the outside.
A. external gear
B. involute gear
C. stub gear
D. annular gear

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

80
MEMBERS
80. To eliminate fouling, let the minimum
differences in tooth numbers between the internal
gear an pinion, be ____ 14.4° involute full-depth.
A. 10 teeth
B. 14 teeth
C. 12 teeth
D. 16 teeth
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

81
MEMBERS
81. The loss per pair of spur, helical, or bevel
gears in an ordinary train should not exceed ____.
A. 4%
B. 2%
C. 6%
D. 3%
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

82
MEMBERS
82. The typical helix angle ranges from ____ to
____.
A. 12° to 15°
B. 10° to 12°
C. 14° to 20°
D. 15° to 25°

91
MEMBERS
91. The cone formed by the elements of bottom
lands
A. face cone
B. root cone
C. back cone
D. rake cone

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

92
MEMBERS
92. Is an imaginary cone whose elements are
perpendicular to the pitch cone elements at the large end
of the tooth.
A. front cone
B. side rake
C. back cone
D. rear cone

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

93
MEMBERS
93. Is one whose tooth profiles consist of straight
elements that converge to a point at the cone
center.
A. circular bevel gear
B. straight bevel gear
C. path bevel gear
D. herringbone gear
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

94
MEMBERS
94. The desired qualities in gears is
A. quietness
B. durability
C. strength
D. all of these

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

95
MEMBERS
95. Straight and Zerol bevel gears should not be used
when the pitch line velocity is greater than about ___.
A. 800 rpm
B. 875 rpm
C. 850 rpm
D. 900 rpm

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

96
MEMBERS
96. The spiral bevel gear and hypnoid bevel gears
are recommended when the pitch line speed
exceeds ___.
A. 1100 fpm
B. 1500 fpm
C. 2000 fpm
D. 1000 fpm
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

97
MEMBERS
97. When the pitch line speed is above 8000 fpm,
the teeth should be ____.
A. ground after hardening
B. should be cooled in air
C. should be quenched after hardening
D. none of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

98
MEMBERS
98. ____ have curved teeth, as in spiral bevels, but
with zero spiral angle.
A. spiral gear
B. zerol bevel gear
C. zero bevel gear
D. straight bevel gear

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

99
MEMBERS
99. A gear that has an advantage of smoother tooth
engagement, quietness of operation, greater strength,
and higher permissible speeds.
A. zerol bevel gear
B. straight bevel gear
C. hypoid bevel gear
D. spiral bevel gears

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

100
MEMBERS
100. Certificate of registration for the practice of
mechanical engineering shall be of ____
categories.
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

101
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS
PART 3
ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. Are bevel gears mounted on intersecting . shafts
at angle of other than 90ᵒ.
A. right angle gears
B. half gears
C. inclined gears
D. angular gears

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

16
MEMBERS
16. The average tooth stiffness constant of face is
usually
A. 1.5 to 2 psi
B. 5 to 6 psi
C. 3 to 4 psi
D. 7.5 to 10 psi

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

17
MEMBERS
17. Cast iron shall not be used over
A. 420ᵒF
B. 430ᵒF
C. 440ᵒF
D. 450ᵒF

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

18
MEMBERS
18. When the number of teeth in a pair of meshing
gears are such that they do not have a common
divisor.
A. dummy
B. LCD
C. addit
D. hunting
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

19
MEMBERS
19. For internal gears having a 20ᵒ pressure angle and
full depth teeth, the difference between the number of
teeth in a gear and pinion should not less than ____.
A. 10
B. 14
C. 12
D. 16

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

20
MEMBERS
20. Zero bevel gears of 20 degrees angle should
have a pinion either no less than____.
A. 15 teeth
B. 17 teeth
C. 16 teeth
D. 18 teeth

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

21
MEMBERS
21._____ are machine elements thar transmit
motion by means of successively engaging teeth.
A. shaft
B. sprocket
C. spline
D. gear

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

22
MEMBERS
22. Height of tooth above pitch circle or the
distance between the pitch circle and the top of the
tooth.
A. addendum
B. dedendum
C. total depth
D. tooth depth
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

23
MEMBERS
23. The circle that bounds the outer ends of the
teeth.
A. root circle
B. pitch circle
C. addendum circle
D. dedendum circle

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

24
MEMBERS
24. Arc of the pitch circle through which a tooth
travels from the first point of contact with the
mating tooth to the pitch point.
A. line of action
B. arc of action
C. arc of action
D. pitch arc
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

25
MEMBERS
25. Is the angle through which the gear turns from
the time a given pair of teeth are in contact at the
pitch point until they pass out the mesh.
A. angle of contact
B. angle of approach
C. position angle
D. angle of recess
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

26
MEMBERS
26. Is the angle through which the gear turns from
the time a particular pair of teeth come into contact
until they go out the contact.
A. pitch angle
B. angle of action
C. angle of approach
D. none of these
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

27
MEMBERS
27. Is the angle through which the gear turns form
the time a particular pair of teeth come into contact
until they are in contact at the pitch point.
A. angle approach
B. angle of recess
C. angle of contact
D. none of tangent
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

28
MEMBERS
28. Arc of the circle through which a tooth travels
from the point of contact with the mating tooth to
the pitch point
A. angle of arc
B. arch of contract
C. arc of approach
D. none of the above
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

29
MEMBERS
29. The ratio of the arc of approach to the arc of
action.
A. Ratio and proportion
B. contract ratio
C. approach ratio
D. arc ratio

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

30
MEMBERS
30. In a pair of gears it is the plane that contains
the two axes, in single gear, it may be any plane
containing the axis and the given point.
A. axial plane
B. pitch plane
C. surface plane
D. bottom land
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

31
MEMBERS
31. Arc of the pitch circle through which a tooth
travels from its contact with the mating tooth at the
pitch point to the point where the contact ceases.
A. arc of recess
B. arc of approach
C. arc of contact
D. arc of intersection
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

32
MEMBERS
32. The amount by which the width of the tooth
space exceeds the thickness of the engaging tooth
on the pitch circles.
A. clearance
B. backlash
C. difference
D. tooth difference
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

33
MEMBERS
33. The circle from which an involute tooth is
generated or developed.
A. Pitch circle
B. Contact circle
C. addendum circle
D. base circle

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
75
MEMBERS
75. Is the top surface of the tooth
A. top land
B. bottom land
C. surface land
D. island

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
101
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS
PART 4
ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. The length of I, of column divided by r is one of the
terms in the equation for the buckling of a column under
compression loads. What does r stand for in the I/r ratio?
A. radius of the column
B. radius of gyration
C. moment of inertia
D. slenderness

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
101
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD ELEMENTS
PART 5
ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. The size of an equal-leg length fillet weld shall
be based on the length of the largest:
A. isosceles right triangle
B. square
C. right triangle
D. rectangle

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

2
MEMBERS
2. Milling machine accessories are used to hold
milling cutter in the milling machine:
A. spindle-nose tooling
B. milling machine vise
C. vertical milling attachment
D. milling machine arbors
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

3
MEMBERS
3. The cheapest and the most abundant
engineering material:
A. steel
B. aluminum
C. cast iron
D. babbit

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

4
MEMBERS
4. They are usually the steel or steel casting:
A. mild steel
B. carbon steel
C. firebox steel
D. drop-forge-dies
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

5
MEMBERS
5. An important accessory of milling machines:
A. milling machine vise
B. cutters
C. ram
D. vertical milling attachment
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

6
MEMBERS
6. Gears used to transmit power between shafts
axis of which intersect:
A. spur gear
B. bevel gear
C. helical gear
D. straight bevel gear
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

7
MEMBERS
7. An iron has physical closely resembling
those of mild steel:
A. malleable cast iron
B. malleable iron
C. white iron
D. gray iron

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
8
MEMBERS
8. The space between the adjacent teeth:
A. tooth
B. backlash
C. flank
D. width

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

9
MEMBERS
9. An iron in which most of the carbon is
chemically combined with the iron:
A. cast iron
B. gray iron
C. white iron
D. malleable iron
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

10
MEMBERS
10. A machine used in testing steel generally strike
the specimen with an energy from 220 to 265 ft-lb
A. Izod test
B. Charpy test
C. Rockwell test
D. Test blocks
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

11
MEMBERS
11. The area jn the machine shop whose metal is
being melted to form a new shape is the:
A. foundry area
B. tool and die
C. welding area
D. mass production area
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

12
MEMBERS
12. Which of the following is not the work of the
machinist:
A. re-boring
B. overhauling
C. grinding
D. boring
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

13
MEMBERS
13. The machine which can flatten surface on
a horizontal, vertical or angular plane is:
A. drilling machine
B. shaper machine
C. power saw
D. lathe machine
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

14
MEMBERS
14. Which of the following is not part of a lathe
machine:
A. fan
B. carriage
C. headstock
D. tailstock
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

15
MEMBERS
15. One important skill that operators of
machine tools must have an understanding
of measurement which demands:
A. speed
B. neatness
C. precision
D. sociability
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
16
MEMBERS
16. Which of the following metals is non-magnetic?
A. manganese steel
B. cast steel
C. alloy steel
D. cast iron

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

17
MEMBERS
17. Which tool does not belong to the group?
A. vise grip
B. feeler gage
C. torque wrench
D. adjustible wrench
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

18
MEMBERS
18. What process does not belong to the group?
A. brazing
B. soldering
C. hardening
D. resistance welding
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

19
MEMBERS
19. A machinery operation whereby the tool
rotates While the feed is stationary:
A. shaping
B. milling
C. turning
D. reaming
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

20
MEMBERS
20. Which of the following is not a kind of cast
iron?
A. gray iron
B. white iron
C. malleable iron
D. lead iron
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

21
MEMBERS
21. Which of the following is not used to temper
steel?
A. oil bath
B. brine/salt bath
C. steam bath
D. water bath
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

22
MEMBERS
22. Which of the following is not a part of a
headstock?
A. anvil
B. spindle
C. motor
D. back gear
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

23
MEMBERS
23. The ability of material or metal to resist
being crushed is:
A. fatigue strength
B. bending strength
C. torsional strength
D. compressive strength
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

24
MEMBERS
24. Which of the following metal is easy to chisel?
A. alloy steel
B. manganese steel
C. stainless steel
D. cast iron

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

25
MEMBERS
25. Ferrous metal contain a relatively large
amount of:
[Link]
B. carbon
C. sulfur
D. phosphorous
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

26
MEMBERS
26. Which of the following is not a classification of
iron ore:
A. siderite
B. hematite
C. sulfurite
D. magnetite
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

27
MEMBERS
27. All of the following materials are used in the
quenching process for steel manufacturing except
A. air
B. brine
C. hydrogen
D. water
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

28
MEMBERS
28. Hearingbone gears are gears which:
A. do not operate on parallel shafts
B. have a line of contact between the teeth
C. tend to produce and trust on the shafts
D. consist of two left handed helical gears

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

29
MEMBERS
29. Steel used as a wire in concrete is for
A. increased material density
B. increased yield strength
C. shrinkage and expansion control
D, increased abrasion resistance

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

30
MEMBERS
30. The internal stresses existing in a welded
connection are
A. relieved by x-ray analysis
B. may be relieved when the weld is peened
C. not relieved when the weld is peened
D. not relieved by heat treatment
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

31
MEMBERS
31. In the usual spur gearing, the:
A. pitch Circle and base Circle are the same
B. working depth includes the clearance
C. tooth outline are always cycloidal curves
D. tooth outline are usually involute curves
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

32
MEMBERS
32. One of the following is not common terms
relating to the classification of fits:
A. tunking
B. snug
C. medium force fit
D. bound

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

33
MEMBERS
33. The use of mixtures (hydrated lime, fly ash,
etc.) with concrete is to _____.
A. reduce weight
B. increase durability
C. improve workability, hardening, or strength
characteristics
D. accelerate curing
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
34
MEMBERS
34. Stainless steel is obtained principally be the
used of which alloying elements:
A chromium
B. nickel
C. carbon
D. tungsten
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

35
MEMBERS
35. It is generally recommended and normal for a
designer to add a hunting tooth to evenly distribute the
wear on meshing teeth like a 53 teeth gears mesh with
30 teeth Pinion. Find the rotation of pinion to mesh with
same pair of teeth again.
A. 120
B. 81
c. 61
D. 53
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
36
MEMBERS
36. A machining operation whereby the tool
reciprocates and the feed is Stationary, is called:
A. Planing
B. Shaping
C. Turning
D. Reaming
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

37
MEMBERS
37. One of the following metals which respond to
heat treatment:
A. cast iron
B. wrought iron
C. medium carbon steel
D. low carbon steel
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

38
MEMBERS
38. Schedule 40 pipe refers to
A. stress
B. low quality
C. standard wall pipe
D. standard diameter

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

39
MEMBERS
39. Which of the following is not a strength
property of metals?
A. tensile strength
B. rocking strength
C. fatigue strength
D. torsional strength
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

40
MEMBERS
40. A machine used In shaping metal by means of
abrasive whccl or the removal of metals with an
abrasive is called:
A. planer machine
B. power
C. shaper machine
D. grinding machine
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
41
MEMBERS
41. Which of the folfowing is not a kind of mandrel?
A. expansion mandrel
B. taper mandrel
C. contraction mandrel
D. gang mandrel

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

42
MEMBERS
42. The kind of center which is being attached and
meshed to the tailstock spindle which is also static while
the work is rotating is:
A. dead center
B. live center
C. focal center
D. work center
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

43
MEMBERS
43. Which of the following is the only allotropic
alloy of steel?
A. aluminum alloys
B. copper alloys
C. magnesium
D. iron-carbon alloys
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

44
MEMBERS
44. During the qpenching process in heat treating steel,
agitation of the fluids used in the quenching has what
effect on the severity of the quenching?
A. increases quenching severity.
B. decreases quenching severity,
C. has no effect on quenching severity.
D. reverses quenching severity
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

45
MEMBERS
45. The ratio of average shear stress to maximum shear
stress for a circular section equal to:
A. 2
B. 2/3
C. 3/2
D. 3/4
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

46
MEMBERS
46. When a solid cube is subjected to equal normal
forces of the same type on all its faces. The ratio of
volumetric strain/linear strain along any of the three axes
will be equal to:
A. 1
B. 2
C. √3
D. 3
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

47
MEMBERS
47. The ratio of Bulk modulus to shear modulus for
Poisson's ratio of 0.25 will be equal to:
A. 3/2
B. 5/6
C. 1
D. 6/3
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

48
MEMBERS
48. The stress strain curve for a glass rod during
tensile test is:
A. A straight line
B. A parabola
C. A sudden break
D. An irregular curve
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

49
MEMBERS
49. When shear force is zero along a section, the
bending moment at that section will be:
A. Zero
B. Minimum
C. Maximum
D. Minimum or maximum
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

50
MEMBERS
50. The ultimate tensile stress of mild steel as
compared to its ultimate compressive stress will
be:
A. Same
B. More
C. Less
D. More or less depending on other factors
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
51
MEMBERS
51. The intensity of stress that causes unit strain is
known as:
A. Unit stress
B. Bulk modulus
C. Modulus of rigidity
D. Modulus of elasticity
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

52
MEMBERS
52. For steel, the ultimate strength in shear as
compared to in tension is nearly:
A. Same
B. Half
C. One-third
D. Two-third
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

53
MEMBERS
53. Select the one that has no unit:
A. Kinematics viscosity
B. Surface tension
C. Bulk modulus
D. Strain
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

54
MEMBERS
54. When a part is constrained to move and
heated, it develops:
A. Principal stress
B. Tensile stress
C. Compressive stress
D. Shear stress
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

55
MEMBERS
55. The tensile stress of a material is given by:
A. Maximum load during test over original cross-sectional
area
B. Average load during test over original cross-sectional
area
C. Maximum load during test over area at the time of
fracture
D. Average load during the test over the area at the time
of fracture
The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
56
MEMBERS
56. The size of hole that is drilled in plates for
A. Equal to the diameter of rivet shank
B. Slightly smaller than the diameter or rivet
C. 1.5 to 2 mm smaller than the diameter of rivet
for rivets of 25 mm and above size
D. 1.5 to 2 mm larger than the diameter of the rivet
for rivets of 25 mm and above size.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

57
MEMBERS
57. The horsepower that can be transmitted by a
shaft 60 mm diameter at 180 rpm with permissible
shear stress of 850 kg/cm2 shall be approximately:
A. 30-35
B. 35-50
C. 50-60
D. 60-85
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

58
MEMBERS
58. A column is called short column when:
A. The length is more than 30 times the diameter
B. Slenderness ratio is more than 120
C. The length is less than 8 times the diameter
D. The slenderness ratio is more than 32

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

59
MEMBERS
59. Which one is the correct statement about true stress-
strain method?
A. There is no such phenomenon like true stress or true
strain.
B. True stress is load per unit area(actual) and similarly
true strain is determined under actual conditions.
C. This method can be used for compression test as well
[Link] is more sensitive to changes in mechanical
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

60
MEMBERS
60. The total strain energy stored in a body is
called:
A. Resilience
B. Proof resilience
C. Modulus of resilience
D. Toughness
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

61
MEMBERS
61. A material that is capable of absorbing a large
quantity of energy before fracture is called:
A. Ductility
B. Toughness
C. Resilience
D. shock proof
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

62
MEMBERS
62. Coaxing increases the:
A. Strength by reversible cycling
B. Corrosion resistance by spraying
C. Hardness by surface treatment
D. Fatigue resistance by over-stressing the metal
successively

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

63
MEMBERS
63. Two shafts made up of mild steel one having circular
cross section and the other being hollow circular with
inner diameter half of the outer diameter. The ratio of the
torque that can be transmitted in two cases given by:
A. 2
B. 17/16
C. 1
D. 15/16
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

64
MEMBERS
64. For a circular shaft subJcctcd to torque the
value of shear stress Is equal to:
A. Is uniform throughout
B. Has maximum value at the axis
C. Has maximum value at the surface
D. Is zero at the axis and linearly increases to
a maximum value at the surface of the shaft
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
65
MEMBERS
65. In laminated spring the strips are provided in
different lengths for:
A. Economy
B. Reduction in weight
C. Improved appearance
D. Equal distribution of stress
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

66
MEMBERS
66. Select the one for which diamond riveted joint
can be adopted;
A. Butt joint
B. Lap joint
C. Double riveted lap joints
D. All types of joints
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

67
MEMBERS
67. Hoop stress refers to:
A. Circumferential tensile stress
B. Compressive stress
C. Radial stress
D. Longitudinal stress
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

68
MEMBERS
68. Modulus of rigidity can be defined as the ratio
of:
A. Linear stress to longitudinal strain
B. Stress to volumetric strain
C. Shear stress to shear strain
D. stress to strain
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

69
MEMBERS
69. 1 Mega newton per square meter is equal to:
A. 1,000,000 N/mm²
B. 10,000 N/mm²
C. 100 N/mm²
D. 1 N/mm²
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

70
MEMBERS
70. The value of shear stress changes is induced in the shaft
because of the applied couple that:
A. From maximum at the center to zero at the circumference
B. From zero at the center to maxjmum at the circumference
C. From maximum at the center to minimum at the
circumference
D. From minimum at the center to maximum at the
circumference
The answer is: B
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
71
MEMBERS
71. In the design of pulley, key and shaft:
A. All three are design for same strength
B. Key is made weaker link
C. Pulley is made weaker
D. Shaft is made weaker

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

72
MEMBERS
72. The radial pressure and hoop tension for a thick cylinder is:
A. Maximum at inner surface and decreases towards outer surface
B. Minimum at inner surface and increases
towards outer surface
C. Minimum at inner and outer surface and
maximum in middle
D. Maximum at inner and outer surfaces and
minimum in middle
The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
73
MEMBERS
73. Auto frettage is the method of:
A. Calculating stresses in thick cylinders
B. Relieving thick cylinders
C. Pre-stressing thick cylinders
D. Increasing life of thick cylinders
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

74
MEMBERS
74. Ties are load carrying members that carry:
A. Torsional loads
B. Axial compressive loads
C. Axial tension loads
D. Transverse loads

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

75
MEMBERS
75. If the areas of cross sections of square and
circular beams are same and both are put to equal
bending moment, then the correct statement is:
A. The circular beam is more economical
B. The square beam is more economical
C. Both the beams are equally strong
D. Both the beams are equally economical
The answer is: B
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
76
MEMBERS
76. In actual machines:
A. Mechanical advantage is unity
B. Mechanical advantage is less than unity
C. Mechanical advantage is less than velocity ratio
D. Mechanical advantage is equal to velocity ratio
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

77
MEMBERS
77. The essential condition of equilibrium of
A The algebraic sum of horizontal components all forces
must be zero
B The algebraic sum of vertical component of all forces
must be zero
C. The algebraic sum of forces about a point must be
zero
D. All of the above
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
78
MEMBERS
78. Couiomb friction Is:
A. Friction between two electrically charged bodies
B. Friction between two bodies having relative
motion
C. Friction between a solid and a liquid
D. Friction between two dry surfaces
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

79
MEMBERS
79. The coefficient of friction is equal to:
A. The angle between the normal reaction and the resultant of
normal reaction and the limiting friction
B. The tangent of the angle between the normal reaction and the
resultant of the normal reaction and the limiting friction
C. The tangent of the angle of the net resultant force with the
direction of motion
D. The tangent of the angle between the normal reaction and
direction of limiting friction
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

80
MEMBERS
80. The limiting force of friction is equal to:
A. The value of friction force that stops the movement of
the body
B. The value of friction force that cannot exceed under a
given situation
C. The friction force when the body is just about to move
D. The friction force acting on a body when it is in motion
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

81
MEMBERS
81. Ice is slippery when a man walks on it
because:
A. It has a smooth surface
B. It has no friction
C. It is very chilly
D. Increase of pressure causes it to melt
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

82
MEMBERS
82. One joule is the same as:
A. 108 ergs
B. 107 ergs
C. 106 ergs
D. 105 ergs
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

83
MEMBERS
83. Static friction is:
A. Always greater than the dynamic friction
B. Always less than the dynamic friction
C. Always equal to the dynamic friction
D. Either greater or more than the dynamic
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

84
MEMBERS
84. When two forces that act at a point are such that if
the direction of one is reversed, the direction of the
resultant is turned through 900, the forces must be:
A. Equal in magnitude
B. Inclined at less than 900°
C. Inclined at more than 900°
D. Acting at 1800°
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

85
MEMBERS
85. The curve of a catenary by nature is:
A. Ellipse
B. Hyperbolic
C. Circular
D. Parabolic
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

86
MEMBERS
86. If the only force acting on two bodies is their mutual
interactions and if both bodies start from rest, the distance
traveled by each will be a:
A. Proportional to the masses of the bodies
B. Inversely proportional to the masses of the bodies
C. Inversely proportional to the square of the masses of the
bodies
D. Directly proportional to the square of the masses of the bodies

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

87
MEMBERS
87. Which statement is correct?
A. A body cannot have any energy without having
momentum
B. A body can have kinetic energy without having
momentum
C. A body in motion will always have kinetic energy more
than the potential energy
D. None of the above
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

88
MEMBERS
88. A man Is standing near the edge of a uniformly
rotating platform about an axis passing through its center.
The speed of rotation of the platform will decrease if he:
A. Moves towards the axis of rotation
B. Accepts a heavy bag from one of its friends standing
near by and hold it in his hand
C. Extend his arms outwards
D. Jumps out from the platform
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

89
MEMBERS
89. A shaft revolving in a bearing forms a:
A. Lower pair
B. sliding pair
C. higher pair
D. cylindrical pair
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

90
MEMBERS
90. Select the one that is a higher pair:
A. Thomson indicator mechanism
B. Harts straight line mechanism
C. Cross by indicator mechanism
D. Tooth gearing mechanism

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

91
MEMBERS
91. The mechanism used to enlarge or reduce
moments for reproducing drawings to different
scales is called:
A. Clinograph
B. Tri-square
C. Graphometer
D. Bantograph
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

92
MEMBERS
92. When a ship travelling in a sea, which of
the effect is more dangerous?
A. Rolling
B. Pitching
C. steering
D. All of the above
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

93
MEMBERS
93. Slip in belt drive is:
A. Loss power
B. Difference between the angular velocity of two
pulleys
C. Difference between the velocities of two pulleys
D. Difference between the linear speed of the rim
of pulley and the belt on it.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

94
MEMBERS
94. In case of flat belt drive the length of belt in case of:
A. Open belts depends on sum of the diameters of
pulleys
B. Open belts depends on difference of the diameters of
pulleys
C. Cross belts depends on the sum of the diameters of
pulleys
D. Cross belts depends on the difference of the
diameters of the pulleys
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
95
MEMBERS
95. Kinematic pairs are those pairs that have:
A. Point or line contact between the two
elements when in motion
B. Surface contact between the two elements
When
C. Elements of pairs not held together mechanically
D. Two elements that allow relative motion
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
96
MEMBERS
96. A cam with a roller follower would constitute,
which type of pair?
A. Lower pair
B. Higher pair
C. Open pair
D. Close pair
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

97
MEMBERS
97. The pitch point on a cam is:
A. Any point on pitch curve
B. The point of cam pitch circle that has the
maximum pressure angle
C. A point at a distance equal to pitch circle radius
from the center
D. None of the above
The answer is: B
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
98
MEMBERS
98. The cam angle is:
A. The angle of rotation of the cam for a definite
displacement of the follower
B. Angle subtended by live portion of cam at the cam
center
C. The angle subtended at the cam center by the portion
of cam during which the follower moves
D. The angle subtended by the cam at the cam center
when the follower dwells.
The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
99
MEMBERS
99. Module can be expressed In:
A. mm
B. mm/no. of teeth
C. Dimensionless
D. None of the above
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

100
MEMBERS
100. A reverted gear train is one in which:
A. The direction of rotation of first and last gear is
opposite
B. The direction of rotation of first and last gear is the
same
c. The first and last gear are on the same shaft
D. The first and last gear are essentially on separate but
parallel shafts.
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
101
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD ELEMENTS
PART 6
ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. In case of spur gears the flank of the tooth is:
A. The part of the tooth surface lying below the
pitch surface
B. The curve forming face and flank
C. The width of the gear tooth measure axially
along the pitch surface
D. The surface of the top of the tooth.
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

2
MEMBERS
2. In case of cross helical worm the axes of
two shafts are:
A. Parallel
B. Intersecting
C. Non-parallel
D. Non-parallelenon-intersecting
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

3
MEMBERS
3. In case of gears the addendum is given by:
A. One module
B. 2.157 x module
C. 1.57 x module
D. 1.25/module

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

4
MEMBERS
4. Gears for watches are generally manufactured
by:
A. Die casting
B. Machining on hobber
C. Machining on a gear shaper
D. Stamping
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

5
MEMBERS
5. in case of helical gears the axial plane is given
by:
A. Diametral pitch over sine of helix angle
B. Diametral pitch Over cosine of helix angle
C. Diametral pitch over COtangent of helix angle
D. Diametral pitch over tangent of helix angle
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

6
MEMBERS
6, A cam wherein the follower reciprocates or
oscillates in a plane parallel to the axis of the cam
is called:
A. Cylindrical cam
B. Reciprocating cam
C. None of the above
D. Circular cam
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

7
MEMBERS
7. Rope brake dynamometer uses:
A. Oil as lubricant
B. Water as lubricant
C. Grease as lubricant
D. No lubricant
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

8
MEMBERS
8. Which of the following dynamometer is widely
used for absorption of wide range of powers at
wide range of speeds?
A, Hydraulic
B. Belt transmission
C. Rope brake
D. Electric generator
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

9
MEMBERS
9. In a balancing machine the units for
unbalance measurements are:
A. cps
B. gram
C. gm-cm-cps
D. gm-cm
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

10
MEMBERS
10. The supply of working fluid to the engine to suit
the load continuous can be controlled by:
A. expansion valve
B. slide valve
C. flywheel
D. Governor
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

11
MEMBERS
11. The function of a governor is to:
A. Store energy and give up whenever needed
B. Regulate the speed during one cycle of a prime
mover
C. Increase variation of speed
D. Adjust the variation of speed by varying the
input to the engine
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

12
MEMBERS
12. According to law of gearing:
A. Teeth should be involute type
B. Clearance between mating teeth should be
provided
C. Dedendum should be equal to 1.157 m
D. None of these
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

13
MEMBERS
13. Bevel gears are used to transmit rotary
motion between two shafts whose axes are:
A. Parallel
B. Non-coplanar
C. Non-intersecting
D. None of the above
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

14
MEMBERS
14. If 43 and T are the pitch circle diameter
and no. teeth ofa gear, then its circular pitch:
A. D/T
B. πT/D
C. T/D
D. πD/T
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

15
MEMBERS
15. If D1 and T1 be the diameter and no. of teeth of gear 1
and D2 and T2, the corresponding values of other gear in
mesh, then speed ratio N1/N2 will bc equal to:
A. D1/D2
B. D1/D2 x T2/T1
C. T1/T2
D. D2/D1
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

16
MEMBERS
16. Cold working:
A. Increases the fatigue strength
B. Decreases the fatigue strength
C. Has no influence on fatigue strength
D. None of the above

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

17
MEMBERS
17. Which tool does not belong to the group?
A. vise grip
B. feeler gage
C. torque wrench
D. adjustible wrench
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

18
MEMBERS
18. The notch angle Of the Izod impact test
specimen is:
A. 200
B. 300
c. 100
D. 450
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

19
MEMBERS
19. In Vickers hardness testing, the pyramid
indcntor apex is:
A. 40°
B. 136°
C. 161°
D. 122°
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

20
MEMBERS
20. In testing a material for endurance
strength, it is subjected to:
A. Static load
B. Impact load
C. Dynamic load
D. Completely reversed load
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

21
MEMBERS
21. Select the correct statement:
A. A member made of steel will generally be more rigid than a
member of equal load carrying ability made of cast iron.
B. A member made of cast iron will generally be more rigid than a
member of equal load carrying ability made of steel.
C. Both will be equally rigid.
D. Which one is rigid will depend on several other factors

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

22
MEMBERS
22. In majority of machine members, the
damping capacity of the material should be:
A. low
B. zero
C. high
D. could be anything
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

23
MEMBERS
23. The crest diameter of a screw thread is
same as:
A. Major diameter
B. Pitch diameter
C. Minor diameter
D. None of the above
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

24
MEMBERS
24. Muntz metal contains:
A. Copper-nickel
B. Copper-zinc
C. Copper-tin
D. Copper-aluminum

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

25
MEMBERS
25. A babbit is:
A. a eutectic of iron and iron phosphide
B. a gadget for measuring volume
C. a measure of magnetic induction produced
in a material
D. antimony bearing lead or tin alloy
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

26
MEMBERS
26. steel balls for ball bearings are
manufactured by:
A. Turning
B. Rolling
C. Casting
D. Cold heading
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

27
MEMBERS
27. The blow off pressure of a safety valve is:
A. slightly more than atmospheric pressure
B. half of the boiler working pressure
C. equal to boiler working pressure
D. 106% of boiler working pressure
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

28
MEMBERS
28. In case of a knuckle joint the pin is most
likely to fail in:
A. compression
B. shear
C. tension
D. double shear
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

29
MEMBERS
29. Splines are used when:
A. the power to be transmitted is low
B. the power to be transmitted is high
C. the torque is high
D. axial relative motion between the shaft and
hub is necessary
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

30
MEMBERS
30. Splined shafts are generally used in:
A. machine tools
B. aircraft
C. bicycles
D. automobiles
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

31
MEMBERS
31. Which key normally used in wrist watch?
A. kennedy key
B. tangent key
C. sunk key
D. none of the above
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

32
MEMBERS
32. Universal coupling is:
A. used for non-collinear shafts
B. rigid coupling
C. type of flange coupling
D. used for collinear shafts
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

33
MEMBERS
33. A flange coupling is:
A. used for non-collinear shafts
B. used for collinear shafts
C. flexible
D. used only on small shafts rotating at slow
speeds
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

34
MEMBERS
34. In flange coupling the weakest element
should be:
A. Flange
B. Shaft
C. Bolt brush
D. Key
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

35
MEMBERS
35. Turn buckle has:
A. Left hand threads on both ends
B. Right hand threads on both ends
C. Left hand threads on one end and right hand
threads on the other end
D. No threads
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

36
MEMBERS
36. Elastic nut is locking device that has:
A. One small nut is tightened over main nut
B. A slot is cut partly in middle of nut
C. Hard fiber or nylon cotter is recessed in the nut and
becomes threaded as the nut is screwed on the bolt
causing tight grip
D. Through slots are made at top and cotter pin is passed
through
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
37
MEMBERS
37. Treating the welds as a line, the moment of
inertia about a center of gravity of a circular weld of
diameter would be:
A. πd2/36
B. πd/6
C. πd3/36
D. πd3/4
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
38
MEMBERS
38. A single ply leather belt running at a belt
velocity of 300 ft/min is likely to transmit per inch of
width:
A. 2.5 HP
B. 5.0 HP
C. 4.0 HP
D. 3.0 HP
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

39
MEMBERS
39. For butt welding of two plates each of which is
25 mm thick, the best process would be:
A. TIG Welding
B. MIG Welding
C. Gas welding
D. Electro slag welding
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

40
MEMBERS
40. The compression members tend to buckle in
the direction of:
A. Axis of load
B. Perpendicular to the axis of load
C. Minimum cross section
D. Least radius of gyration
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

41
MEMBERS
41. The diameter of a washer is generally:
A. Equal to the diameter of bolt
B. Slightly more than the diameter of the bolt
C. Slightly less than the diameter of the bolt
D. Of any size that suits the application

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

42
MEMBERS
42. If the lead angle of a worm is 22 1/20 then
the helix angle Will be:
A. 450°
B. 67 1/2°
C. 900°
D. None of the above
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

43
MEMBERS
43. A reinforced concrete beam is considered
to be made up of:
A. Clad material
B. Composite material
C. Homogenous material
D. Heterogeneous material
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

44
MEMBERS
44. Rankine formula is valid up to slenderness
ratio of:
A. 80
B. 150
C. 60
D. 120
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

45
MEMBERS
45. Slenderness ratio of a column is:
A. Shaft diameter/Shaft length
B. Column height/Column cross section
C. Column height/least dimension of column cross
section
D. Length of strut/least radius of gyration
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

46
MEMBERS
46. In hydrodynamic bearings:
A. The oil film pressure is generated only by the rotation
of the journal
B. The oil film is maintained by supplying Oil
C. Do not need external supply of lubricants
D. Grease is used for lubrication

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

47
MEMBERS
47. The rated life of a bearing changes:
A. Directly as load
B. Inversely as fourth power of load
C. Inversely as cube of load
D. Inversely as square of load
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

48
MEMBERS
48. In oilless bearings:
A. The oil film Pressure is produced only by the
rotation of the journal
B. The oil film is maintained by supplying oil
C. Do not need external supply of lubricant
D. Grease is needed to be applied after some
intervals
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

49
MEMBERS
49. Is the radial distance from the addendum
circle to the working depth circle.
A. whole depth
B. addendum depth
C. working depth
D. none of these
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

50
MEMBERS
50. When motion is decreasing it is
A. retard motion
B. accelerated motion
C. propelled motion
D. decreasing motion
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

51
MEMBERS
51. The type of cam used for low and
moderate speed engines is generally:
A. Harmonic cam
B. Tangent
C. Involute
D. Flat
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

52
MEMBERS
52. The form coefficient of a spring is:
A. The load/unit deflection
B. Load/spring area
C. Ratio of coil diameter to wire diameter
D. Its capability to store energy
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

53
MEMBERS
53. Coriolis component of acceleration is found in:
A. Four bar mechanism
B. Mechanism of steam engine
C. Lower pair
D. Wit worth-quick-retum motion
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

54
MEMBERS
54. Piping supports shall be placed intervals or
less
A. 2000 mm
B. 3000 mm
C. 4000 mm
D. 5000 mm
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

55
MEMBERS
55. All of the following are processes used to
surface-harden steel except
A. carburizing
B. cyaniding
C. flame hardening
D. tempering
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

56
MEMBERS
56. Addendum of a cycloidal gear tooth is:
A. Cycloid
B. Epicycloid
C. Straight rack
D. Involute
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

57
MEMBERS
57. Spiral gears are suitable for transmiting
A. small power
B. no power but motion only
C. any power
D. huge power
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

58
MEMBERS
58. As pump speed increases, its (NPSH) net
positive suction head requirement:
A. Increases
B. Remains the same
C. None of the above
D. Decreases
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

59
MEMBERS
59. If pump NPSH requirements are not satisfied:
A. It will not develop head
B. Efficiency will be low
C. It will consume excessive power
D. It will be cavitated
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

60
MEMBERS
60. Which type of chain Is used in motor
cycle?
A. Bush roller
B. Pintle
C. None of the above
D. Silent
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

61
MEMBERS
61. Which of the following ropes will be most
flexible?
A. 6 by 9
B. 6 by 7
C. 8 by 19
D. 6 by 37
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

62
MEMBERS
62. The working load (P) for a chain for crane
application is expressed in terms of diameter of link
'd' in cm as follows:
A. P = 1.5d2
B. P = 50d2
C. P = 500d2
D. P = 25d2
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

63
MEMBERS
63. If a square key and the shaft are to be of the same
material and of equal strength, the length of key would be
(d = shaft diameter)
A. d
B. 1.5d
C. 2d
D. 1.23d
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

64
MEMBERS
64. In a standard coarse thread bolt the stress
concentration is maximum at:
A. Root
B. Flank
C. All over the surface
D. Top surface
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

65
MEMBERS
65. Fatigue strength of a surface may be increased
by:
A. Making surface rough
B. Filling the surface
C. Applying concentrated hydrochloric acid on the
surface
D. Polishing the surface
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

66
MEMBERS
66. The maximum allowed In
gantry grinders is:
A. L/200
B. L/500
C. L/300
D. L/1000
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

67
MEMBERS
67. The maximum size Of the fillet weld that can
be used at:
A. 2mm
B. 3mm
C. 7mm
D. 5mm
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

68
MEMBERS
68. The maximum size of the fillet weld that can be
made in single pass is:
A. 6 mm
B. 12 mm
C. 8 mm
D. 3 mm
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

69
MEMBERS
69. A rolled steel flat designated as 50 ISF 8 means:
A. The flat is 50 mm long and 8 mm thick
B. The flat is 50 mm wide and 8 mm thick
C. The flat has cross section 50 sq. mm and width 8 mm
D. The flat has cross section 50 sq. mm and depth 8 mm

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

70
MEMBERS
70. The column splice is used for increasing:
A. Strength of the column
B. Cross-sectional area of the column
C. Length of the column
D. All of the above

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

71
MEMBERS
71. Zero axial thrust is experienced in:
A. Helical gears
B. Spiral gears
C. Herringbone gears
D. Bevel gears
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

72
MEMBERS
72. In order to realize the advantage of fluid
friction, it is essential to have:
A. Parallel oil film in bearing
B. converging oil film
C'. no oil film
D. Diverging oil film
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

73
MEMBERS
73. A shaft rotating in anti-clockwise direction at slow
speed inside a bearing will be:
A. At bottom most of bearing
B. Towards left side of bearing metal to metal contact
C. Towards left side of bearing and making no metal to
metal contact
D. Towards right side of bearing and making
no metal to metal contact
The answer is: B
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
74
MEMBERS
74. Points of arrest of iron correspond to:
A. Stages at which allotropic forms change
B. Stages at which further heating does not
increase temperature for sometime
C. Stages at which properties do not change
with increase in temperature
D. There is nothing like points of arrest
The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
75
MEMBERS
75. Delta iron occurs at temperature Of:
A. Room temperature
B. Above melting point
C. Between 1400°C to 1539°C
D. Between 1000°C to 1400°C

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
76
MEMBERS
76. Gamma iron at following temperature:
A. Room temperature
B. Near melting point
Between 1400°C to 1539°C
D. Between 910°C to 1400°C
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

77
MEMBERS
77. Ferromagnetic alpha iron exists in temperature
range of:
A. Below 723°C
B. 70°-910°C
c. 100°-1440°C
D. 140°-1539°C
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

78
MEMBERS
78. Paramagnetic alpha Iron changes to gamma
iron at:
A. 970°C
B. 910°C
c. 440°C
D. 1639°C
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

79
MEMBERS
79. Fatigue failure occurs When a part is
subjected to
A. Compressive stress
B. Tensile stress
C. Torsion
D. Fluctuating stress
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

80
MEMBERS
80. A body having identical properties all over it is
called:
A. Homogeneous
B. Elastic
C. Ductile
D. Isentropic
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

81
MEMBERS
81. If a material recovers its original dimensions,
when the bad is removed it is called:
A, Plastic
B. Elastic
C. Brittle
D. Annealed
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

82
MEMBERS
82. A behavior of metals where in strength of a metal is
increased and the ductility is decreased on heating at a
relatively low temperature after cold working, is called:
A. Twinning
B. Solid solution hardening
C. Clustering
D. Strain aging

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

83
MEMBERS
83. A ductile fracture is characterized by:
A. Rapid rate for crank propagation
B. Negligible deformation
C. Fragmentation into more than two pieces
D. Appreciable plastic deformation prior to
propagation of crack
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

84
MEMBERS
84. The ability of a material to absorb energy when
deformed elastically and to return to it when unloaded, is
known as:
A. Creep
B. Fatigue strength
C. Hardness
D. Resilience
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

85
MEMBERS
85. Machining properties of steel can be improved by
adding:
A. Sulphur, lead, phosphorous
B. Silicon, aluminum, titanium
C. Vanadium, aluminum
D. Chromium, nickel
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

86
MEMBERS
86. Eutectoid steel the percentage of carbon is:
A. 0.02%
B. 0.3%
c. 0.63%
D. 0.8%
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

87
MEMBERS
87. A cold chisel is made of:
A. Mild steel
B. Hss
C. Cast iron
D. High carbon steel

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

88
MEMBERS
88. Cyaniding is the process of:
A. Dipping the steel is cyanide bath
B. Reacting steel surface with cyanide salts
C. Adding carbon and nitrogen by heat treatment
of steel to increase its surface hardness
D. Obtaining cyanide salts

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

89
MEMBERS
89. The constituent that has a powerful softening effect
on cast iron and its presence in cast iron reduces the
ability of the iron to retain carbon in chemical combination
is:
A. Silicon
B. Aluminum
C. Carbon
D. Sulphur
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

90
MEMBERS
90. Tensile strength of common varieties of
cast iron is in the range:
A. 40-60 MPa
B. 150-180 MPa
C. 480-500 MPa
D. 1500-1600 MPa
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

91
MEMBERS
91. In carbon steel castings:
A. The percentage of carbon is less than 1.7%
B. The percentage of carbon is between
C. The percentage of alloying is
D. None of the above

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

92
MEMBERS
92. Aluminum alloys for pressure die casting:
A. Must possess considerable fluidity
B. Must not be free from hot Shortness
C, Must have iron as one Of the COnstituents
D. Must be light
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

93
MEMBERS
93. Electro-foaming is especially valuable for:
A. good conductors of electricity
B. decorative items
C. thin walled parts requiring a high order of
accuracy and internal surface finish
D. Non-ferrous components
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

94
MEMBERS
94. In powder metallurgy the process of heating
the cold pressed metal powder is called:
A. Sintering
B. Granulation
C. Deposition
D. Precipitation
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

95
MEMBERS
95. Which one is different from the remaining:
A. Cyaniding
B. Nitriding
C. Flame hardening
D. Electroplating
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

96
MEMBERS
96. The hardness of steel increases if it contains:
A. Austenite
B. Pearlite
C. All of the above
D. Martensite
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

97
MEMBERS
97. The presence of sulphur in pig iron makes:
A. It easily machinable
B. It hard
C. Increases the fluidity
D. The casting unsound
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

98
MEMBERS
98. Compressive strength of gray cast iron in
tonnes/cm2 is of the order of:
A. 3-5
B. 7-10
c. 15-22
D. 5-7
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

99
MEMBERS
99. Surface hardening to produce a hard outer
surface with a ductile interior is desirable for metal
(steel) products subjected to:
A. high tensile loads
B. shock
C. fatigue
D. high compressive loads
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
100
MEMBERS
100. Steel with 80% carbon and 100% pearlite
A. eutectoid
B. Hyper-eutectoid
C. Austenite
D. Solidus

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

101
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS
PART 7

ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. For steel shafting design in average condition, the maximum
distance in feet between bearing to avoid excessive linear
deflection is by formulas, L = 8.95 𝐷2/3 for shaft subjected to no
bending except its own weight but for shafting with bending action
of pulleys, etc. the formula then will be L=___

A. 4𝐷2/3

B. 7.0 𝐷2/3

C. 5.2 𝐷2/3

D. 6.0 𝐷2/3
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
2
MEMBERS
2. The bending stress (flexural stress) of a beam is
really
A. a normal stress whose source is bending.
B. a normal stress whose source is shear.
C. due to internal pressure.
D. a newly recognized stress from internal
bending of the cross section.
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

3
MEMBERS
3. In calculation using standard structural
shapes of I-beams, it is assumed that the shear
stress is carried by the
A. entire cross-sectional area.
B. web only.
C. top flange only when in compression.
D. flanges only.
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

4
MEMBERS
4. In a beam of rectangular cross section. th
maximum shear stress when related to th average
shear stress is
A. 150% higher.
B. 50% higher.
C. 33% higher.
D. 50% lower.
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

5
MEMBERS
5. In a beam of circular cross section, the
maximum show stress when related to the average
shear stress is
A. 150% higher.
B. 50% higher.
C. 33% higher.
D. 50% lower
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

6
MEMBERS
6. The absolute viscosity of the fluid divided by its density
expressed in the same terms of units is also called
A. centistokes
B. kinematic viscosity
C. Petroff's equation
D. light petroleum oil

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

7
MEMBERS
7. It improves red hardness of steel:
A. silicon
B. lead
C. cobalt
D. manganese

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

8
MEMBERS
8. It is required that pipes bigger than ___ mm
should not be screwed but flanged
A. 76.2
B. 63.5
C. 2 ¼ inch
D. 68.5

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

9
MEMBERS
9. Formed by the intersection of the adjacent flanks
of adjacent threads when extended is called
A. crest apex
B. all of these
C. sharp root
D. sharp crest

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

10
MEMBERS
10. In designing the spoke or wheel of a flywheel, it is
ideal to consider that the cross-sectional area of the
spoke at rim side should not be less than ___ of the cross
area at the hub side
A. 80%
B. 2/3
C. 90%
D. 3/8
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

11
MEMBERS
11. The cutting up to 70° is best for drilling
extremely hard metals and for soft materials ___
degrees may be applied.
A. 60
B. 45
C. 40
D. 48
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

12
MEMBERS
12. What is the material stress for brittle materials, in the
calculation of allowable stress from the formula?
allowable stress = material stress/factor of safety
A. A. yield strength
B. ultimate strength
C. endurance strength
D. mean stress

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

13
MEMBERS
13. Failure of slender columns occurs when
A. applied stress exceeds yield strength
B. applied stress exceeds ultimate strength
C. allowable stress exceeds the factor of safety.
D. the load exceeds the critical or Euler load (and
the column buckles sideways).

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

14
MEMBERS
14. What is the material stress for ductile materials, in the
calculation of allowable stress from the formula?
Allowable stress = material stress/factor of safety
A. yield strength
B. ultimate strength
C. endurance strength
D. mean stress

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

15
MEMBERS
15. Opposite directional force equal in magnitude
and parallel is called:
A. non coplanar
B. centro
C. couple
D. coplanar

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

16
MEMBERS
16. All of the following are recognized types of
beam failure except
A. excessive deflection.
B. local buckling.
C. rotational buckling.
D. longitudinal buckling.

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

17
MEMBERS
17. The separate forces which can be so combined
are called:
A. concurrent forces
B. non concurrent forces
C. couple
D. component forces

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

18
MEMBERS
18. All of the following are feasible methods for
calculating truss deflections of statically
indeterminate trusses except the
A. strain energy method.
B. virtual work method.
C. unit load method.
D. table look-up method.
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

19
MEMBERS
19. The method of superposition for calculating beam
deflections due to multiple loads is valid as long as
A. A. none of the deflections are excessive
B. stresses are less than the yield strength
C. none of the deflections are excessive and stresses
are less than the yield strength.
D. deflections are negligibly small.

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

20
MEMBERS
20. The phosphor bronze worm gears should
contain from 10 to 12 percent of __
A. Carbon
B. tin
C. steel
D. iron
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

21
MEMBERS
21. The easiest, most straight-forward method
for determining beam deflection is the
A. double integration method.
B. moment area method.
C. strain energy method.
D. table look-up method.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

22
MEMBERS
22. The ratio of the worm speed to the worm gear
speed may range from 1.5 or even less up to ___
A. 25 or more
B. 50 or more
C. 75 or more
D. 100 or more

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

23
MEMBERS
23. As a general rule, a ratio of __ is about the
maximum recommended for a single worm and
worm gearing operation
A. 30
B. 40
C. 50
D. 60
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

24
MEMBERS
24. The conjugate beam method of calculating
beam deflection allows the deflection to be found
by drawing
A. shear diagrams.
B. shear stress diagrams.
C. moment diagrams.
D. shear and moment diagrams
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

25
MEMBERS
25. The number of threads on the worm
ordinarily varies from one to ___.
A. 6 or 8
B. 8 or 10
C. 12 or 14
D. 14 or 16
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

26
MEMBERS
26. An elastic body whose primary function is
to deflect under load.
A. clutch
B. stopper
C. brake
D. spring
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

27
MEMBERS
27. The strain energy method of calculating beam
deflection at a point of load application equates the
total internal strain energy to the external
A. deflection.
B. force.
C. moment.
D. work.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

28
MEMBERS
28. Manganese Steel standard designation, SAE
____
A. 13xx
B. 10xx
C. 11xx
D. 8xxx

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

29
MEMBERS
29. When an axial stress is applied eccentrically to
a beam, the combined stress due to compression
(tension) and bending may be found by
A. simple addition.
B. combined stress theory.
C. Mohr's circle.
D. finite element analysis.
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

30
MEMBERS
30. Which of the following expression relating beam
deflections, slopes, moments, and the like, is not correct?
A. A. y =deflection

𝑑3𝑦 𝑉(𝑥)
B. =
𝑑𝑥 3 𝐸𝑙

C. V(x) = ∫ M(x) dx

𝑑2𝑦 M(x)
D. =
𝑑𝑥 2 𝐸𝑙
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

31
MEMBERS
31. When load is applied to a beam axially but not
at the centroid of the cross section, the beam is
said to be loaded
A. eccentrically
B. concentrically.
C. Dynamically.
D. pseudostatically
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

32
MEMBERS
32. The maximum bending stress a beam
experiences occurs at the
A. neutral axis.
B. surface furthest removed from the neutral axis.
C. end of the beam.
D. middle of the beam.

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

33
MEMBERS
33. When load is applied to a beam axially at the
centroid of the cross section, the beam is said to
be loaded .
A. eccentrically
B. concentrically.
C. dynamically.
D. pseudostatically.
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

34
MEMBERS
34. A positive moment on a beam causes what
kind of stress in the upper fibers of the beam?
A. compression
B. tension
C. shear
D. fatigue

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

35
MEMBERS
35. Which of the following statements about shear diagram is not
true?
A. The shear at any point is equal to the sum of the loads and
reactions from the point to the left end.
B. The magnitude of the shear at any point is equal to the slope
of the moment line at that point.
C. Loads and reactions upward are positive
D. The shear diagram is straight and sloping over uniformly
distributed loads.
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

36
MEMBERS
36. The strength of non-ferrous alloys is a
maximum at room temperature while that ferrous
metal has a maximum strength at __ F.
A. 400
B. 1200
C. 450
D. 350
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

37
MEMBERS
37. The disadvantage of using the Goodman design
criterion instead of the Soderberg design criterion is that it
A. applies only for brittle materials.
B. is the more conservative of fluctuating stress theories.
C. is acceptable for metals only below their critical
temperature
D. requires the material's ultimate strength to be known.

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

38
MEMBERS
38. An alloy of copper and tin.
A. bronze
B. brass
C. zinc
D. none of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

39
MEMBERS
39. The stress in an elastic material
A. inversely proportional to the material's yield
strength
B. inversely proportional to the force acting
C. proportional to the displacement of the material
acted upon by the force.
D. inversely proportional to the strain
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

40
MEMBERS
40. The "slenderness ratio" of a column is
generally defined as the ratio of its:
A. length of its minimum width
B. unsupported length to its maximum radius of gyration
C. length of its moment of inertia
D. unsupported length to its least radius of gyration

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

41
MEMBERS
41. The relationship between the extension of a
spring and the force required to produce the
extension is:
A. F = ma
B. F = μN
C. F=𝑚𝑉 2 /R
D. F = kx
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

42
MEMBERS
42. The linear portion of the stress-strain diagram
of steel is known as the:
A. modulus of elongation
B. plastic range
C. irreversible range
D. elastic range

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

43
MEMBERS
43. The moment at a point on a loaded beam is
A. algebraic sum of all moments and couples acting
between the investigation point and one of the ends.
B. sum of all vertical forces acting between the
investigation point and one of the ends.
C. sum of all vertical stresses acting between the
investigation point and one of the ends.
D. sum of the beam's reaction moments.
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

44
MEMBERS
44. The shear at a point on a loaded beam is the
A. algebraic sum of all the beam's reaction loads acting
between the investigation point and one of the ends.
B. sum of all vertical forces acting between the
investigation point and one of the ends.
C. sum of all vertical stresses acting between the
investigation point and one of the ends.
D. sum of the beam's reaction moments.
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

45
MEMBERS
45. Structural steel elements to torsion
develop.
A. tensile stress
B. compressive stress
C. shearing stress
D. moment
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

46
MEMBERS
46. The stress in an elastic material is:
A. inversely proportional to the yield strength of the
material
B. inversely proportional to the force acting
C. proportional to the displacement of the material
acted upon by the force
D. proportional to the length of the material subjected to
the force
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

47
MEMBERS
47. The amount by which the width of a tooth
space exceeds the thickness of the engaging tooth
on the pitch circle of the gear:
A. clearance
B. tip relief
C. backlash
D. chordal addendum
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

48
MEMBERS
48. An impact test for which the specimen is
supported at one end as a cantilever:
A. Izod test
B. Charpy test
C. Brinnel test
D. Endurance test
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

49
MEMBERS
49. Permissible variation of size of a
dimension:
A. clearance
B. variation
C. tolerance
D. deviation
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

50
MEMBERS
50. Heating or cooling of steel that produces
a rounded form of carbide:
A. normalizing
B. embrittleness
C. spheroidizing
D. annealing
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

51
MEMBERS
51. Heating and slow cooling of metal:
A. normalizing
B. annealing
C. surface hardening
D. cold rolling
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

52
MEMBERS
52. Steel that has been deoxidized with a strong
deoxidizing agent such as silicon or aluminum in order to
eliminate oxygen and carbon reaction during
solidification:
A. rimmed steel
B. stainless steel
C. killed steel
D. monel
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

53
MEMBERS
53. A kind of gear used for heavy duty work where
a large ratio of speed is required and are
extensively used in speed reducer.
A. hypoid gear
B. cycloid gear
C. bevel gear
D. worm gear
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

54
MEMBERS
54. A group of thin steel strip for
measuring clearances:
A. depth gage
B. line center gage
C. feeler gage
D. lay-out gage
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

55
MEMBERS
55. An imaginary circle passing thru the points at
which the teeth of meshing contact each other.
A. pitch circle
B. base circle
C. addendum circle
D. dedendum

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

56
MEMBERS
56. A device for accurately measuring
diameter:
A. feeler gage
B. laser
C. micrometer
D. diametometer
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

57
MEMBERS
57. A hand tool used to measure tension in
bolts:
A. tensometer
B. torque wrench
C. indexer
D. torsiometer
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

58
MEMBERS
58. Distance from the center of one tooth of a gear
to the center of the next consecutive tooth
measured on the pitch:
A. diametral pitch
B. pitch circle
C. circular pitch
D. module
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

59
MEMBERS
59. The process of heating a piece of steel to a
temperature within or above the critical range and
cooling rapidly:
A. annealing
B. normalizing
C. hardening
D. quenching
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

60
MEMBERS
60. Vickers, Knoop, and Brinell are all names
of:
A. Nobel prize in winners in metallurgy
B. thermodynamic constants
C. hardness tests
D. magnetic constants
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

61
MEMBERS
61. Which of the following is not a method by
which a single lap rivet joint usually fails?
A. The rivets shear
B. The plate fails in bearing
C. The plate fails in tension
D. The rivets fail in tension
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

62
MEMBERS
62. Which of the following will work to some
extent in all metals?
A. austenitizing
B. annealing
C. work hardening
D. shot-peening
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

63
MEMBERS
63. What do impact tests determine?
A. toughness
B. yield strength
C. hardness
D. creep strength
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

64
MEMBERS
64. The hardness of steel may be increases by heating to
approximately 1500°F and quenching In oil or water if:
A. the carbon content is above 3.0%
B. the carbon content is from 0.2% to 2.0%
C. the carbon content is below 0.2%
D. all carbon is removed and the steel contains only
chromium, nickel, manganese, or a combination of
these.
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

65
MEMBERS
65. One of the main difference between cast iron
and steel is that:
A. steel has a higher silicon content
B. steel always contains alloying metals such as nickel,
chromium, manganese and vanadium
C. steel cannot be annealed whereas cast iron can
D. steel has a lower carbon content

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

66
MEMBERS
66. Which of the following factors will affect
the hardenability of steel?
A. composition only
B. grain size only
C. composition and grain size
D. cooling rate
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

67
MEMBERS
67. The mechanical deformation of a material a
temperature above its re-crystallization
temperature is commonly known as:
A. A. hot working
B. strain aging
C. grain growth
D. cold working
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

68
MEMBERS
68. Under very slow deformation and at high
temperature, its is possible to have some plastic flow in a
crystal at a shear stress lower than the critical shear
stress. What is the phenomenon called?
A. slip
B. shear
C. creep
D. bending
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

69
MEMBERS
69. Honing is used:
A. to remove only a small amount of metal
B. to correct axial run-out of a bore
C. to correct out-of-roundness of a bore
D. on surfaces brought to high degree to
surface finish
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

70
MEMBERS
70. A special metal for more metals are
melted together.
A. alloy
B. compound
C. titanium
D. brass
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

71
MEMBERS
71. A plane perpendicular to the axis plane
and to the pitch plane
A. transverse plane
B. pitch plane
C. angular plane
D. none of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

72
MEMBERS
72. The curve formed by the path of a point on the
extension of the radius of a circle as it rolls along
the curve or line.
A. cycloid
B. copoid
C. tantroid
D. trochoid
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

73
MEMBERS
73. A condition in generated gear teeth when any
part of the fillet curve lies inside of a line drawn
tangent to the working profile as its lowest point.
A. Overcut
B. supercat
C. tomcat
D. undercut
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

74
MEMBERS
74. The total depth of a tooth space, equal to
addendum plus dedendum, also equal to working
depth plus clearance.
A. whole depth
B. addendum depth
C. dedendum depth
D. none of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

75
MEMBERS
75. The deflection of a beam is:
A. directly proportional to the modulus of elasticity and moment
of inertia.
B. inversely proportional to the modulus of elasticity and length
of the beam cubed
C. inversely proportional to the modulus of elasticity and
moment of inertia
D. directly proportional to the load imposed and inversely to the
length squared
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

76
MEMBERS
76. Like the Soderberg criterion, the Goodman
criterion should be used with all of the following
materials except
A. steel.
B. aluminum.
C. titanium.
D. cast iron.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

77
MEMBERS
77. A vertically loaded beam, fixed at one end and
simply supported at the other is indeterminate to
what degree?
A. first
B. second
C. third
D. fourth
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

78
MEMBERS
78. A thin walled pressurized vessel consist of a
right circular cylinder with flat ends. Midway
between the ends the stress is greater in what
direction?
A. longitudinal
B. circumferential
C. radial
D. at an angle of 45° to the longitudinal
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

79
MEMBERS
79. The bending moment at a section of a beam is derived from
the:
A. sum of the moments of all external forces on one side of the
section
B. difference between the moments on one side of the section
and the opposite side
C. sum of the moments of all external forces on both sides of
the section
D. sum of the moments of all external forces between supports
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

80
MEMBERS
80. The stress concentration factor:
A. Is a ratio of the average stress on a section to the
allowable stress
B. cannot be evaluated for brittle materials
C. Is the ratio of the areas involved in a sudden change
of cross section
D. Is the ratio of the maximum stress produced in a
cross section to the average stress over the section
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

81
MEMBERS
10
81. If Young's modulus for a steel cable is 10 N/
2
𝑚 , the actual change in length of a 100 m cable
under a stress of 107 Pa is
A. 1 mm.
B. 1 cm.
C. 10 cm.
D. 1 m.
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

82
MEMBERS
82. Hookes Law for an Isotropic homogenous
medium experiencing one dimensional stress
is:
A. Stress = E(Strain)
B. Strain = E(Stress)
C. Force(Area) = E(Change in length/length)
D. Strain energy = E(internal energy)
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

83
MEMBERS
83. The modulus of rigidity of a steel member is.
A. a function of the length and depth
B. defined as the unit shear stress divided by the unit
shear deformation
C. equal to the modulus of elasticity divided by one plus
Poisson's ratio.
D. defined as the length divided by the moment of
inertia.
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

84
MEMBERS
84. A thin homogenous metallic plate containing a
hole is heated sufficiently to cause expansion. If
the coefficient of surface expansion is linear, the
area of the will:
A. Increase at twice the rate the area of the metal increases
B. Increase at the same rate as the area of the metal increases
C. stay the same
D. decrease at the same rate as the area of the metal increases
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

85
MEMBERS
85. The maximum bending moment of a beam simply
supported at both ends and subject to a total load W
uniformly distributed over its length L is expressed by the
formula:
A. A. WL/8
B. WL^2 /8
C. WL/2
D. WL^2 /2
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

86
MEMBERS
86. Young's modulus is
A. the ratio of lateral strain to axial strain
B. the percentage deformation under tension.
C. a measure of force across a cross section.
D. the ratio of stress to strain.

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

87
MEMBERS
87. In a long column (slenderness ratio > 160)
which of the following has the greatest influence on
its tendency to buckle under a compressive load.
A. The modulus of elasticity of the material
B. The compressive strength of the material.
C. The radius of gyration of the column
D. The length of the column
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

88
MEMBERS
88. The area of the shear diagram of a beam
between any two points on the beam is equal to
the:
A. change in shear between the two points
B. total shear beyond the two points
C. average moment between the two points
D. change in moment between the two points
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

89
MEMBERS
89. Poisson's ratio is principally used in:
A. the determination of capability of a material for being
shaped
B. the determination of capacity of a material for plastic
deformation without fracture
C. Stress-strain relationships where stresses are
applied in more than one direction
D. the determination of the modulus of toughness
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

90
MEMBERS
90. Young's modulus of elasticity for a material can be
calculated indirectly from which of the following properties
of the material?
A. Temperature, coefficient of expansion and dielectric constant
B. Temperature, coefficient of expansion and specific heat
C. Density and velocity of sound in the material
D. Density and inter-atomic spacing in the material

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

91
MEMBERS
91. The linear portion of the stress-strain
diagram of steel is known as the:
A. modulus of elasticity
B. plastic range
C. irreversible range
D. elastic range
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

92
MEMBERS
92. Modulus of Resilience is:
A. A. the same as the modulus of elasticity
B. a measure of a materials ability to store strain
energy
C. the reciprocal of the modulus of elasticity
D. a measure of the deflection of a member

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

93
MEMBERS
93. Imperfections within metallic crystal structures
may be all of the following, EXCEPT:
A. lattice vacancies, or extra interstitial atoms
B. Ion pairs missing in ionic crystals
C. displacement atoms to Interstitial sites
D. linear defects, or slippage dislocations caused
by shear
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

94
MEMBERS
94. All of the following statements about strain energy are correct,
EXCEPT:
A. It is caused by generation and movement of dislocation
through shear or plastic formation
B. It results from trapped vacancies in the crystal lattice
C. it is proportional to the length of dislocation. Shear modulus,
and shortest distance between equivalent lattice sites.
D. It is less for sites at grain boundaries than for internal sites
within the crystal structure.
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

95
MEMBERS
95. When a metal is cold worked all of the
following generally occur EXCEPT:
A. Re-crystallization temperature decreases
B. Ductility decreases
C. Grains become equi-axed
D. Tensile strength increases
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

96
MEMBERS
96. All of the following statements about strain hardening are
correct, EXCEPT:
A. Strain hardening strengthens metals, Resistance to
deformation increases with the amount of strain present.
B. Strain hardening is relieved during softening, Annealing
above the re-crystallization temperature
C. Strain hardening is produced by cold working (deformation
below the re-crystallization temperature)
D. More strain hardening requires more time temperature
exposure for relief.
The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
97
MEMBERS
97. All of the following processes strengthens metals,
EXCEPT:
A. Annealing above the recrystallization temperature.
B. Work hardening by mechanical deformation below
the re-crystallization temperature.
C. Heat treatments such as quenching and tempering,
for production of a finer microstructure.
D. Increasing the carbon content of low carbon steels.
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

98
MEMBERS
98. Intrinsic silicon becomes extrinsically
conductive, with electrons as majority carriers,
when doped with which of the following?
A. aluminum
B. antimony
C. boron
D. germanium
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

99
MEMBERS
99. Steels can be strengthened by all of the
following practices, EXCEPT:
A. Annealing
B. quenching and tempering
C. work hardening
D. grain refinement
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

100
MEMBERS
100. If 1080 steel (0.80 wt. % C) is annealed by very slow
cooling from 1000°C (1832°F) to ambient temperature, its
microstructure will consist almost solely of:
A. austenite
B. bainite
C. cementite
D. pearlite

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

101
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS
PART 8

ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. All of the following group of plastic are
thermoplastic, EXCEPT:
A. Polyvinylchloride (PVC) and polyvinyl acetate
B. Polyethelene, polypropylene, and polystyrene
C. Acrylic (Lucite) and polyamide (nylon
D. Phenolics, melanine and epoxy

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

2
MEMBERS
2. In the design of reinforced concrete structure,
tensile strength of the concrete is normally:
A. Determined by split cylinder tests
B. Determined by beam tests
C. Neglected
D. Assumed to be 200 psi

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

3
MEMBERS
3. All of the following statements about rusting of iron are correct,
EXCEPT:
A. Contact with water, and oxygen are necessary for rusting to
occur.
B. Contact with a more electropositive metal reduces rusting.
C. Halides aggravate rusting, a process which involves
electrochemical oxidation-reduction reactions.
D. Pitting occurs in oxygen-rich anodic areas, and the rust is
deposited nearby.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

4
MEMBERS
4. Select the correct statement:
A. members made of steel will generally more rigid than a
member of equal load-carrying ability made of cast iron
B. a member made of cast iron will generally be more rigid than
a member of equal load-carrying ability made of steel
C. both will be equally rigid
D. which one is rigid will depend on several other factors

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

5
MEMBERS
5. On Mohr's circle for stress the extreme
shear stresses are indicated by the ordinate
at point
A. E
B. B
C. C
[Link] is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
6
MEMBERS
6. At quite low temperatures (say-75°C)
notched bar impact value of steel:
A. increases significantly
B. decreases significantly
C. remains unchanged
D. depends on heat treatment carried out.
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

7
MEMBERS
7. All of the following shapes can lead to stress
concentration except
A. stepped shafts.
B. plates with holes.
C. gently tapered parts with large fillets and radii.
D. shafts and keyways.

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

8
MEMBERS
8. Stress concentration factors are not normally applied
to any of the following configurations except
A. static loading of ductile materials.
B. applications with local yielding around discontinuities.
C. applications where stresses are kept low by design.
D. long grooves where the ratio of groove radius to shaft
diameter is small.

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

9
MEMBERS
9. If the applied stress is known as a function of o,
then the principal stresses may be found by the
mathematical process of
A. reduction by partial fractions.
B. addition.
C. differentiation.
D. integration.
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

10
MEMBERS
10. A foundation bolt with a circular end Is secured to the
floor by means of a steel cotter. If the pull on the bolt is
14000kg, the diameter of the bolt should be:
A. 10 mm
B. 30 mm
C. 20 mm
D. 60 mm

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

11
MEMBERS
11. In case of knuckle joint the pins likely to
fail in:
A. compression
B. shear
C. tension
D. double shear
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

12
MEMBERS
12. In case of sunk key:
A. The key is cut in both shaft an
B. The key way is cut in hub only
C. The key way is cut in shaft only
D. The key is helical along the shaft

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

13
MEMBERS
13. Materials with low values of thermal
expansion are desirable for
A. Pyrex glassware.
B. barometers.
C. thermometers.
D. railroad rails.
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

14
MEMBERS
14. Very low values of the coefficient of thermal
expansion lead to
A. very low values of thermal expansion.
B. no thermal expansion.
C. high values of thermal expansion.
D. very high values of thermal expansion.

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

15
MEMBERS
15. The units or relative stiffness or rigidity
are
A. newton.
B. newton/meter.
C. newton-meters.
D. dimensionless.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

16
MEMBERS
16. Individual rigidity values
A. have no significance.
B. indicate how much stronger one member
is than another
C. are significant only for ductile materials.
D. are significant only for brittle materials.
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

17
MEMBERS
17. The ratio of two rigidities
A. have no significance.
B. indicate how much stronger one member
is than another.
C. are significant only for ductile materials.
D. are significant only for brittle materials.
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

18
MEMBERS
18. The sum of the strains in the three orthogonal
directions (exi ey, ez) in accordance with Poisson's
ratio is
A. Hooke's law.
B. the modulus of elasticity.
C. dilation.
D. the shear modulus.
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

19
MEMBERS
19. The constant of proportionality relating the
linear expansion of an object to its change in
temperature is called its
A. modulus of elasticity.
B. shear modulus.
C. bulk modulus.
D. coefficient of linear expansion.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

20
MEMBERS
20. The constant of proportionality relating the
volumetric expansion of an object to its change in
temperature is called its
A. modulus of elasticity
B. shear modulus.
C. bulk modulus.
D. coefficient of linear expansion
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

21
MEMBERS
21. The thermal stress in a bar that is allowed to
expand freely when heated to a higher temperature
is
A. large and positive.
B. small and positive.
C. zero.
D. small and negative.
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

22
MEMBERS
22. Which of the following is not a method of non-
destructive testing of steel casting and forging?
A. radiography
B. magnetic particle
C. ultrasonic
D. chemical analysis

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

23
MEMBERS
23. Compressive strength of fully cured
concrete is most directly related to:
A. sand-gravel ratio.
B. fineness modulus
C. absolute volume of cement
D. water-cement ratio
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

24
MEMBERS
24. Steels containing large amounts of mild nickel
and chromium:
A. carbon steel
B. stainless steel
C. alloy steel
D. cast steel

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

25
MEMBERS
25. The amount of force required to cause a unit
deformation (displacement) -often called the spring
constant is the
A. modulus of elasticity.
B. normal stress.
C. shear stress.
D. stiffness.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

26
MEMBERS
26. When more than one spring or resisting
member shares the load, the relative stiffness is
the
A. modulus of elasticity.
B. normal stress.
C. stiffness.
D. rigidity.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

27
MEMBERS
27. When a steel is described as SAE
1320:
A. it is plain carbon steel
B. it is nickel-chromium steel
C. it contains 18% to 23 % carbon
D. it contains 0.18% to 0.23% carbon
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

28
MEMBERS
28. In roller chain drive, the chain should extend around
at least ___ degrees of the pinion circumference, and this
maximum amount of contact is obtained for all center
distances provided the ratio is less than 3 ½ to 1
A. 90
B. 105
C. 120
D. 135
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

29
MEMBERS
29. The circle form which an involute
tooth of a gear is generated or developed
A. root circle
B. base circle
C. dedendum circle
D. Mohr's circle
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

30
MEMBERS
30. Belt slip may take place because of:
A. loose load
B. heavy belt
C. driving pulley too small
D. all of the above

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

31
MEMBERS
31. Tooth width measured along the chord at the
pitch circle
A. flank
B. face width
C. width of space
D. chordal thickness

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

32
MEMBERS
32. It is the difference of addendum and dedendum
with equivalent to the whole depth less working
depth:
A. fillet space
B. fillet radius
C. clearance
D. backlash
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

33
MEMBERS
33. Negative allowance is also called:
A. Interference of metal
B. Tolerance
C. Fit D.
D. None of the above

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

34
MEMBERS
34. Reinstalled or secondhand boilers shall
have a minimum factor of safety of:
A. 6
B. 5
C. 4
D. 3
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

35
MEMBERS
35. An impact test is used to test a metal
for:
A. toughness
B. strength
C. ductility
D. hardness
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

36
MEMBERS
36. Poisson's ratio is the ratio of the:
A. unit lateral deformation to the unit
longitudinal deformation
B. unit stress to unit strain
C. elastic limit to proportional limit
D. shear strain to compressive strain
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

37
MEMBERS
37. Creep is the term used in referring to the:
A. elongation before yield point
B. maximum stress of brittle materials
C. Fatigue limit of ductile materials
D. continuous increase in the strain, or
deformation, of any material subjected to
stress.
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

38
MEMBERS
38. Ratio of the lateral strain to longitudinal
strain when loaded longitudinally in tension
A. Poisson's ratio
B. Strain Modulus
C. Strain ratio
D. Tension ratio
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

39
MEMBERS
39. A shaft is to be checked for concentricity. A
suitable method of performing the check is by:
A. bench micrometer
B. snap gage
C. manometer
D. bench centers and dial indicator

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

40
MEMBERS
40. The following pertain to joining of
metals, EXCEPT:
A. welding
B. soldering
C. casting
D. brazing
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

41
MEMBERS
41. Creep strength of a material is the:
A. maximum stress before yield point
B. constant stress to which a material is loaded, at a.
specified temperature and for a specified time, that
will causes a further elongation
C. maximum stress before fatigue limit
D. maximum stress before rupture of ductile materials

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

42
MEMBERS
42. Which is not a heat treatment
process?
A. sintering
B. annealing
C. hardening
D. tempering
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

43
MEMBERS
43. Which of the following steel contains
chromium?
A. SAE 2340
B. SAE 4230
C. SAE 5240
D. SAE 1230
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

44
MEMBERS
44. Splines are used when:
A. the power to be transmitted is high
B. the torque is high
C. the speed is high
D. axial relative motion between shaft and
hub is necessary
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

45
MEMBERS
45. Instrument used to analyze the
composition of metals:
A. spectrometer
B. radiometer
C. profilometer
D. ultimate analyzer
The answer is: a

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

46
MEMBERS
46. A machining operation whereby the tool
reciprocates and the feed is stationary is called:
A. planning
B. shaping
C. turning
D. reaming

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

47
MEMBERS
47. The clearance between tooth profiles
of gear tooth
A. rack
B. dedendum
C. addendum
D. backlash
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

48
MEMBERS
48. The internal stresses existing in a welded
connection are:
A. Not relieved by heat treatment
B. Not relieved when the welded is peened
C. May be relieved when the weld is peened
D. Relieved by X-ray analysis
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

49
MEMBERS
49. Which of the following is not a kind of
mandrel?
A. expansion mandrel
B. gang mandrel
C. contraction mandrel
D. taper mandrel
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

50
MEMBERS
50. A non-ferrous all consists of nickel and copper.
A. monel
B. bronze
C. tubing bronze
D. brass

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

51
MEMBERS
51. One of the following is not a tap used for
cutting threads in holes.
A. Tapping tap
B. Plug tap
C. Taper tap
D. Bottoming tap
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

52
MEMBERS
52. A material is to be drawn into a wire. It
must therefore possess the property of:
A. toughness
B. ductility
C. malleability
D. hardness
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

53
MEMBERS
53. When cast steels is used for the body
of machine it is used because:
A. it has non-magnetic properties
B. it has good-self lubricating properties
C. it is cheap
D. it is strong in tension
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

54
MEMBERS
54. One of the following is unsuitable for
bearings.
A. white metal
B. mild steel
C. cast iron
D. nylon
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

55
MEMBERS
55. Arc of the pitch circle through which a tooth
travels from the point of contact with the mating
tooth to the pitch point of a gear:
A. arc of recess
B. arc of action
C. arc of approach
D. arc of relief
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

56
MEMBERS
56. The process of working metals by the
application of sudden blows on by a steady
pressure.
A. casting
B. forging
C. tempering
D. peening
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

57
MEMBERS
57. Herringbone gears are gears which:
A. Do not operate on parallel shafts
B. Have a line contact between the teeth
C. Consist of two left handed helical gears
D. Tend to produce and trust on the shafts

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

58
MEMBERS
58. An alloying element used principally
to produce stainless steel
A. zinc
B. tantalum
C. titanium
D. chromium
The answer is: ?

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

59
MEMBERS
59. The maximum bending moment of a beam supported
on both ends and subject to total load W uniformly
distributed over its length Lis expressed by the formula:
A. WL/8
B. WL^2/8
C. WL/2
D. WL/4

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

60
MEMBERS
60. When machining nickel alloys the best
type of cutting fluid is:
A. sulfurized oil
B. straight mineral
C. soluble oil
D. all of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

61
MEMBERS
61. Hardening the surface of iron based alloys by
heating them below the melting point in contact
with the carbonaceous substance:
A. Nitriding
B. Cyaniding
C. Carburizing
D. Quenching
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

62
MEMBERS
62. Modulus of elasticity of a steel member is:
A. a function of the length and width
B. defined as the unit shear stress the unit divided
by shear deformation
C. equal to the modulus of elasticity divided by
one plus Poisson's ratio
D. defined as the length divided by the inertia
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

63
MEMBERS
63. The maximum stress induced in a material
when subjected to alternating or repeated loading
without causing failure:
A. elasticity
B. endurance stress
C. yield stress
D. ultimate stress
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

64
MEMBERS
64. A material that can wear away a
substance softer than itself:
A. Tungsten
B. abrasive
C. corrosive
D. carbon
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

65
MEMBERS
65. In a long column (slenderness ration < 60),
which of the following has the greatest influence on
its tendency to buckle under a compressive load?
A. Modulus of Elasticity
B. Radius of Gyration
C. Moment of Inertia
D. None of the above
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

66
MEMBERS
66. Materials, usually ceramics ,employed Where
resistance to a very high temperature required, as
for furnace linings and metal melting pots.
A. Bricks
B. Refractories
C. Insulators
D. Conductors
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

67
MEMBERS
67. Which process do not belong to the
group?
A. malleable iron
B. gray iron
C. white iron
D. head iron
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

68
MEMBERS
68. Total deformation measured along in
the direction of the line of stress:
A. stress
B. strain
C. elongation
D. yield line
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

69
MEMBERS
69. An alloy of copper and zinc:
toughness
A. brass
B. zinc
C. bronze
D. tin
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

70
MEMBERS
70. Which of the following metals is easy
to chisel?
A. cast iron
B. alloy steel
C. cast steel
D. manganese steel
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

71
MEMBERS
71. The commonly used joint in cast iron pipe
A. Bell and Spigot joint
B. Compression joint
C. Expansion joint
D. None of the above

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

72
MEMBERS
72. A machine tool used principally to machine flat
or plane surfaces with a single pointed cutting tool.
A. shaper
B. planer
C. hack saw
D. drill

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

73
MEMBERS
73. The maximum stress to which a material can be
subjected to without a trace of any permanent set
remaining upon a complete withdrawal of the stress.
A. yield strength
B. elastic limit
C. fracture
D. ultimate strength

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

74
MEMBERS
74. Usually copper-tin alloy:
A. brass
B. bronze
C. monel
D. inconel
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

75
MEMBERS
75. A hollow shaft made of plain carbon steel
contains 0.35% carbon is mounted on bearings 20
ft apart. The material of the shaft will composed of:
A. UNS G 1035
B. SAE 1030
C. AISI C 1035
D. SAE 6150
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

76
MEMBERS
76. Fluid film desire between two surfaces having
relative sliding motion:
A. grease
B. lubrication
C. margin
D. clearance

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

77
MEMBERS
77. Which of the following is not a strength
property of a material?
A. endurance strength
B. tensile strength
C. torsional strength
D. elastic resilience
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

78
MEMBERS
78. The method of cold working by
compression.
A. reaming
B. Piercing
C. turning
D. boring
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

79
MEMBERS
79. Which of the following would most likely require
a steel containing 0.6% carbon that has been
spheroldized, cold-drawn, and slightly tempered?
A. a ball bearing
B. a bridge beam
C. a water pipe
D. a cutting tool
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

80
MEMBERS
80. Poisson's ratio is the ratio of the:
A. Unit lateral deformation to the unit
longitudinal deformation
B. unit stress to the unit strain
C. Elastic limit to proportional limit
D. Elastic limit to ultimate strength
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

81
MEMBERS
81. A structure has five unknown reactions acting on the
structure. Three equations of static equilibrium have been
written. To complete the analysis, which of the following
equations would be needed?
A. two dynamic equilibrium equations
B. three member deformation equations
C. three more static equilibrium equations
D. two member deformation equations
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

82
MEMBERS
82. For most metals Poisson's ratio lies in the
range:
A. 0.25 to 0.35
B. 0.30 to 0.40
C. 0.35 to 0.45
D. 0.40 to 0.50

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

83
MEMBERS
83. An operation of sizing and finishing a hole by
means of a cutting tool having several cutting
edges:
A. Planning
B. Reaming
C. Boring
D. Drilling
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

84
MEMBERS
84. A kind of chuck which has five reversible jaws
which could be adjusted properly:
A. universal chuck
B. live chuck
C. chuck connors
D. independent chuck

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

85
MEMBERS
85. The linear portion of the stress-strain diagram
of steel is known as:
A. Modulus of Elasticity
B. Plastic Range
C. Elastic Range
D. none of the above

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

86
MEMBERS
86. The area of the shear diagram of a beam between
any two points of the beam is equal to the:
A. change in shear between two points
B. average moment between the two point
C. change on moment between the two points
D. change in the deflection between the two points

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

87
MEMBERS
87. In 18-4-1 high speed steel the maximum
percentage is of:
A. carbon
B. tungsten
C. chromium
D. iron

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

88
MEMBERS
88. In compression, a prism of brittle material
will break:
A. into large number of pieces
B. by forming a bulge
C. by shearing along oblique plane
D. in a direction along the direction load
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

89
MEMBERS
89. Hastelloy contains:
A. nickel and copper
B. copper and aluminum
C. aluminum and nickel
D. nickel and molybdenum

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

90
MEMBERS
90. Trimming is a process associated with:
A. Forging
B. Electroplating
C. Press work
D. Machining of metals

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

91
MEMBERS
91. Addition of lead and bismuth to aluminum results in
A. Improvement of casting characteristics
B. Improvement of corrosion resistance Tachometer
C. One of the best known age and precipitation
hardening system
D. Improving machinability

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

92
MEMBERS
92. Which of the following has the highest
specific strength of all structural materials?
A. magnesium alloys
B. chromium alloys
C. none of the above
D. titanium alloys
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

93
MEMBERS
93. Foundry crucible is made of:
A. mild steel
B. lead
C. graphite
D. German silver
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

94
MEMBERS
94. Age-hardening is related with;
A. stainless steel
B. cast iron
C. gun metal
D. duralumin

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

95
MEMBERS
95. For heavy loads in aircraft bearings the
materials used with lead to reduce the risk of
seizure is:
A. tin
B. silver
C. zinc
D. iron
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

96
MEMBERS
96. Compressive strength of woods is
generally:
A. more along the grains
B. more across the grains
C. equal in all directions
D. maximum at 45° to the direction of grains
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

97
MEMBERS
97. Select the one that has highest specific
gravity
A. brass
B. high carbon steel
C. lead
D. aluminum
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

98
MEMBERS
100. Superconductors:
A. are non-crystalline
B. exist at temperatures below 100K
C. are the purest forms of metals
D. are non-metallic substances
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

99
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS
PART 9

ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. The phenomenon of “weld decay" is
associated with:
A. Brass
B. Manganese steels
C. Aluminum alloys
D. Stainless steels
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

2
MEMBERS
2. Which of the following timber is used for
sports goods?
A. Mulberry
B. Mahogany
C. Sal.
D. Deodar
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

3
MEMBERS
3. A knoop indenter is a diamond ground to a:
A. Prismoidal form
B. Pyramidal form
C. Cylindrical form
D. Needle form

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

4
MEMBERS
4. The process commonly for thermoplastic
materials is:
A. Die-casting
B. Injection moulding
C. Shell moulding
D. Dold forming
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

5
MEMBERS
5. The most important element that controls
the physical properties of steel is:
[Link]
B. Mangahese
C. Tungsten
D. Carbon
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

6
MEMBERS
6. The imperfection in the crystal structure of
metal is known as;
A. Dislocation
B. Slip
C. Fracture
D. Impurity
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

7
MEMBERS
7. Polysters belong to the group of:
A. Thermoplastic plastics
B. Phenolics
C. All of the above
D. Thermosetting plastics

16
MEMBERS
16. Undercutting is:

A. An operation of cutting extreme deep groove

B. An operation of cutting a groove next to a shoulder on a piece of

work

C. Cutting form the base of a work piece

D. An operation of cutting extreme wide

threads

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

17
MEMBERS
17. Laser welding is widely used in;.
A. Process industry
B. Structural work
C. Heavy industry
D. Electronic industry.

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

18
MEMBERS
18. Unlike materials or materials of different
thickness can be butt welded by:
A. Control of pressure and current
B. Adjusting time duration of current
C. Adjusting initial gap
D. All of the above
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

19
MEMBERS
19. In arc welding operations the current
value is decided by:
A. Thickness of plate
B. Voltage across the plate
C. Size of the electrode
D. Length of welded portion
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

20
MEMBERS
20. Arc blow takes place in:
A. Gas welding
B. Arc welding when straight polarity is used
C. Arc welding when reverse polarity is used
D. Welding stainless steel

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

28
MEMBERS
28. An important factor to be considered
while designing a core print is:
A. Pattern material
B. Type of mould
C. Moulding sand characteristics
D. Pouring temperature
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

29
MEMBERS
29. Which of the following metals can be
suitably welded by TIG welding?
A. Aluminum
B. Magnesium
C. All of the above
D. Stainless steel
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

30
MEMBERS
30. Weld spatter refers to:
A. Welding electrode
B. Filler material
C. Shield
D. Welding defect

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

31
MEMBERS
31. A sprue is:
A. A tool used in mould repairing
B. A process of cleaning castings.
C. A chemical that is added to molten materials for
sound castings
D. A vertical passage through the cope

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

32
MEMBERS
32. What is a gate?
A. A passage through which metal is poured into the
mould
B. A passage through which metal rises when the mould
is filled
C. A passage that finally leads molten metal from the
runner into the mould cavity
D. A vent hole to allow for the hot gases to escape
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

33
MEMBERS
33. What for are core prints provide?
A. To form trade marks of company on castings
B. To produce castings with specific surface
design
C. To form seat to support and hold the core
D. To direct the floe of molten material during
pouring

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

34
MEMBERS
34. The equipment that is used in pit for
supply of air is known as:
A. Fan
B. Hand blower
C. Air cylinder
D. Centrifugal blower
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

35
MEMBERS
35. Tumbling is done so as to:
A. Clean the surface of small parts
B. Stress reliever the components
C. Get surface finish
D. To plate the surface

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
36
MEMBERS
36. The purpose of inoculation is:
A. To clean the casting
B. To decrease the melting temperature of a cast metal
C. To change the chemical composition of a cast metal
D. To modify the structure and properties of a cast metal

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

37
MEMBERS
37. Least shrinkage allowance is provided in
the case of which of the following?
A. Brass
B. Cast iron
C. White cast iron
D. Aluminum
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

38
MEMBERS
38. The draft allowance on metallic pattern as
compared to wooden one is:
A. More
B. Same
C. Less
D. More or less depending on size

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

39
MEMBERS
39. Select one that is not an angle measuring
device.
A. Bevel protector
B. Sine bar
C. Combination square
D. Angle iron
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

40
MEMBERS
40. Dilatometer is used to find out which
property of moulding sand.
A. Permeability
B. Hot strength
C. Fineness
D. Moisture content

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

57
MEMBERS
57. Water should be run at a speed of
A. 70-90 m/min
B. 40 to 120 m/min
C. 300 m/min
D. 90-180 m/min

76
MEMBERS
76. Zerol bevel gears for maximum smoothness
and quiteness should be run at_____
A. 900 fpm
B. 1000 fpm
C. 1200 fpm
D. 1400 fpm

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

77
MEMBERS
77. For peripheral speeds above ground gears
should be used.
A. 6000 fpm
B. 7000 fpm
C. 8000 fpm
D. 9000 fpm

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

78
MEMBERS
78. Spiral bevel and hypoid gears are
recommended for applications where peripheral
speeds exceed _______.
A. 1000 fpm
B. 1200 fpm
C. 1300 fpm
D. 1400 fpm
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

79
MEMBERS
79. Hypoid gears are recommended for industrial
applications:
A. When maximum smoothness of operation is desired
B. For high reduction ratios where compactness of
design, smoothness of operation, and maximum strength
are important.
C. For non-intersecting shafts
D. All of these
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

80
MEMBERS
80. ________ gears may be used for both speed-
reduction and speed-increasing drives.
A. Bevel gears
B. Hypoid gears
C. A and B
D. Worm gears
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

81
MEMBERS
81. As a general rule, the amount of metal
under the root should be equal to the __________.
A. Partial depth of tooth
B. Whole depth of tooth
C. Twice the tooth
D. Thrice the tooth
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

82
MEMBERS
82. On webless type ring gears,the minimum stock
between the root line and the bottom of tap drill
holes should be _______ of the tooth deep.
A. 1/2
B. 1/3
C. 1/4
D. 3/4
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

83
MEMBERS
83. Spiral bevel and hypoid gears should, in
general, be mounted on anti-friction bearings in an
______ case.
A. Water tight
B. Oil tight
C. Soluble tight
D. Rubber tight
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

84
MEMBERS
84. For both straddle mounted and overhung mounted
gears the spread between bearings should never be less
than _______of the pitch diameter of the gear.
A.70%
B.80%
C.90%
D.100%

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

85
MEMBERS
85. On overhung mounted gears the spread
should be at least ______ the overhung.
A. 1/2 times
B. 2 1/2 times
C. 3 times
D. 4 times
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

86
MEMBERS
86. The basic pressure angle of bevel gears is
A. 5 deg
B. 10 deg
C. 15 deg
D. 20 deg

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

87
MEMBERS
87. For basic pressure angle of 20 degrees, the
number of teeth for no undercut are _____ teeth in
the pinion.
A. 14 or more
B. 15 or more
C. 16 or more
D. 17 or more
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

88
MEMBERS
88. Spiral angle of spiral bevel gears is ______.
A. 30 deg
B. 35 deg
C. 40 deg
D. 45 deg

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

89
MEMBERS
89. To assure successful operation, bevel gears must be
rigidly mounted within the housing such that the deflection
of one gear relative to the other does not exceed _______
either axially or tangential to the pitch diameters.
A. 0.004 in
B. 0.005 in
C. 0.006 in
D. 0.007 in

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

90
MEMBERS
90. In general, the same tooth proportions used for
Gleasons System spiral bevel gears may be used for
spiral bevel gears with spiral angle of from, say, 20 ____
to.
A .45 deg
B. 60 deg
C. 14.5 deg
D. 90 deg
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

91
MEMBERS
91. The direction of rotation of a bevel gear is
determined as _______.
A. Clockwise direction
B. Counterclockwise
C. Opposite direction
D. The same direction
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

92
MEMBERS
92. Spiral angle should be selected to give a face
contact ratio of _____ to assure smooth tooth
action and quiet gears.
A. 1.10
B. 1.20
C. 1.25
D. 1.30
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

93
MEMBERS
93. The axial thrust load produced on the bearings
of a bevel gear is equal to the axial component of
the normal load on the ________.
A. Tooth thickness
B. Tooth surface
C. Tooth angle
D. None of these
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

94
MEMBERS
94. The material most commonly used in the
manufacture of bevel gears is
A. Alloy
B. Stainless
C. Wrought iron
D. Steel
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

95
MEMBERS
95. There are 8 cutters in the series for each
diametral pitch to cover the full range from ______
pinion to a crown gear.
A. 18-tooth
B. 16-tooth
C. 14-tooth
D. 12-tooth
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

96
MEMBERS
96. Class A Bevel gears- Precision gears
recommended for peripheral speeds above
A. 1000 fpm
B. 2000 fpm
C. 3000 fpm
D. 4000 fpm
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

97
MEMBERS
97. The face width should not normally exceed
one-third of the pitch cone distance or ______ the
pitch.
A. 2 times
B. 3 times
C. 4 times
D. 5 times
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

98
MEMBERS
98. Pressure angle of worm gears is _______.
A. 10 degrees
B. 15 degrees
C. 20 degrees
D. 25 degrees

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

99
MEMBERS
99. The minimum recommended worm pitch
diameter is 0.25 inch and the maximum is ______.
A. 1 inch
B. 2 inch
C. 3 inch
D. 4 inch
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

100
MEMBERS
100. The shape of the worm thread in the normal plane is
defined as that which is produced by a symmetrical
double-conical cutter or grinding wheel having a straight
elements and an included angle of _________.
A. 30 deg
B. 35 deg
C. 40 deg
D. 45 deg
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

101
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS
PART 10

ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. Is any substance that occupies space.
A. Inertia
B. Air
C. Substance
D. Matter

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

2
MEMBERS
2. Is a unit of power that has been adopted
for engineering work
A. Kilowatts
B. Horsepower
C. Ft-lb/min
D. Watts
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

3
MEMBERS
3. Is a measure of a tendency of the force to
rotate the body upon which acts about an axis.
A. Torque
B. Couple
C. Momentum
D. Inertia
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

4
MEMBERS
4. Quantities such as time volume and
density are called
A. Vector quantities
B. Scalar quantities
C. Dot quantities
D. Magnitude
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

5
MEMBERS
5. Quantities such as force, veloclty, acceleration,
moment and displacement are called
A. Resultant quantities
B. Resultant
C. Vector quantities
D. Quality

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

6
MEMBERS
6. Is the distance between the center of
oscillation and the point of suspension.
A. Radius of gyration
B. Radius of percussion
C. Oscillation
D. Radius of oscillation
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

7
MEMBERS
7. Is the resultant of all the forces on the body
does not pass through the center of gravity but
through a point.
A. Center of gravity
B. Center of percucion
C. Metacenter
D. Coplanar
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

8
MEMBERS
8. Is the rate at which the velocity of a body
changes in a unit of time.
A. Velocity
B. Gravitational acceleration
C. Reverse effective force
D. Acceleration
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

9
MEMBERS
9. Determines the effect of forces on the
motion of a body it is necessary to resort.
A. Free body diagram
B. Moment center
C. x and y plane
D. None of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

10
MEMBERS
10. Includes kinetic energy and potential
energy.
A. Electrical energy
B. Internal energy
C. Kinetic energy
D. Mechanical energy
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

11
MEMBERS
11. A _____ is similar to a compound pendulum except
that the weight suspended by the cord moves at a
uniform speed around the circumference of a circle
A. Elliptical pendulum
B. Conical pendulum
C. Parabolic pendulum
D. Spherical pendulum

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

12
MEMBERS
12. Are produced by the action of gravity, by
accelerations and impacts of moving parts.
A. Forces
B. Resultant
C. Component
D. Impulse
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

13
MEMBERS
13. Modulus of elasticity of aluminum is
A. 7 x 106
B. 8 x 106
C. 9 x 105
D. 10 x 106

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

14
MEMBERS
14. As a rule of thumb, materials having an
elongation of less than ____ in a tensile test may
be regarded as brittle.
A. 5%
B. 6%
C. 7%
D. 8%
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

15
MEMBERS
15. Factor of safety for machine columns is 2 to
_____ for steady loads.
A. 1.5
B. 2.5
C. 3.5
D. 4.5

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

16
MEMBERS
16. The apparent fiber stress under which the different
tubes failed varied from about 7000 psifor the relatively
thinnest to______for the relatively thickest walls.
A. 20,000 psi
B. 25,000 psi
C. 30.000 psi
D. 35,000 psi

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

17
MEMBERS
17. The allowable stresses that are generally used
in practice are:_____ for main transmitting shafts
A. 4000 psi
B. 4100 psi
C.4200 psi
D. 4300 psi

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

18
MEMBERS
18. Another rule that has been generally used in
mill practice limits the deflection to________in a
length equal to 20 times the shaft diameter.
A. 1 deg
B. 2deg
C. 3deg
D. 4 deg
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

19
MEMBERS
[Link] maximum theories of failure the elastic limit
of a ductile ferrous material in shear is practically
_____ its elastic limit in tension.
A. One-half
B. Three-halves
C. Three-fourth
D. Four-thirds
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

20
MEMBERS
20. Recommended that shafts with keyways be designed
on the basis of circular shaft using not more than ______
of the working stress recommended for the shaft.
A. 60%
B. 65%
C.70%
D. 75%

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

21
MEMBERS
21. A material may be considered to be brittle if its
elongation in a 2 inches gauge is less than
______.
A. 2%
B. 3%
C. 4%
D. 5%
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

22
MEMBERS
22. A shaft may be safely operated either above or below
its critical speed, good practice indicating that the
operating speed be at least _____ above or below the
critical.
A. 10%
B. 20%
C. 30%
D. 40%
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

23
MEMBERS
23. ls the most widely used of all spring materials
for small spring materials operating at temperature
s up to about 250°F.
A. Tempered wire
B. Hard drawn wire
C. Music wire
D. Core wire
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

24
MEMBERS
24. Is used for many types of coil springs.
A. Chrome wire
B. Vanadium wire
C. Chrome vanadium wire
D. Oil-tempered spring

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

25
MEMBERS
25. Is used for general purpose springs.
A. Steel wire
B. Copper wire
C. Nicrome wire
D. Hard-drawn wire

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

26
MEMBERS
26. Is a spring used under conditions involving
higher stresses
A. Chrome vanadium wire
B. Reflex wire
C. Steel wire
D. Stainless wire
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

27
MEMBERS
27. Is used for temperatures up to 550°F.
A. Oil-tempered spring
B. Stainless spring
C. Cast spring
D. None of these

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

28
MEMBERS
28. Is the least expensive of nickel-base alloy
spring.
A. Alloy spring
B. Tipped spring
C. old drawn spring
D. Monel
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

29
MEMBERS
29. Includes springs subjected to static loads or small
deflections and seldom-sued springs such as those in bomb
fuses, projectiles, and safety devices. This service is for
1,000 to 10,000 deflections.
A. Light service
B. Medium service
C. Moderate service
D. Heavy service

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

30
MEMBERS
30. The torsional modulus of elasticity for steel
may be 11,200,000 psi at room temperature, but
will drop to 10,600,000 at ______.
A. 300°F
B. 350°F
C. 450°F
D. 400°F
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

31
MEMBERS
31. The spring index has the best proportion
of 7 through _______.
A. 8
B. 9
C. 10
D. 11
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

32
MEMBERS
32. Wire rope materials are/is:
A. Iron
B. Phosphor bronze
C. Traction steel
D. All of these

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

33
MEMBERS
33. Is largely used for low strength applications
such as elevator ropes not used for hoisting, and
for stationary guy ropes.
A. Steel rope
[Link] steel rope
C. Nylon rope
D. Iron wire rope
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

34
MEMBERS
34. Is used primarily as a hoist rope for
passenger and freight elevators.
A. Traction steel wire rope
B. Stainless rope
C. Cloth rope
D. None of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

35
MEMBERS
35. Is used when the loads are not too great.
A. Rope
B. Fiber
C. Silk
D. Rubber

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

36
MEMBERS
36. ls used for small ropes.
A. Cotton
B. Nylon
C. Abacca
D. None of these

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

37
MEMBERS
37. Class of rope used where resistance to
wear, as in dragging over the ground.
A. 6 x 7
B. 6 x 8
C. 6 x 9
D. 6 x 19
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

38
MEMBERS
38. Wire rope used because of flexibility, for
high speed operation with reverse bends.
A. 7 x 9
B. 8 x 19
C. 7 x 11
D. 8 x 16
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

39
MEMBERS
39. Factor of safety for standing rope usually range
from ______ ; for operating rope, from 5 to 12.
A. 3 to 4
B. 4 to 5
C. 5 to 6
D. 6 to 7

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

40
MEMBERS
40. The main precaution to be taken in
removing and installing wire ropes is ____ avoid
which ______ greatly lessens its strength.
A. Coiled
B. Damage
C. Kinking
D. None of these
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

41
MEMBERS
41. Wire rope in use should be inspected for evidence of
wear and damage by corrosion. At normal temperature,
some wire rope lubricants may be practically solid and
will require thinning before application.
A. Every month
B. Every week
C. Every year
D. Periodically
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

42
MEMBERS
42. Thinning may be done by heating to 160 to
______ or by diluting with gasóline.
A. 170°F
B. 180°F
C. 190°F
D. 200°F

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

43
MEMBERS
43. ______ to equalize the energy exerted and the
work done and thereby prevent excessive or
sudden changes in speed.
A. Flywheel
B. Vibration
C. Momentum
D. Impulse
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

44
MEMBERS
44. The allowable speed change varies considerably
from 1 to 2 percent in steam engines while punching and
shearing machinery varies_____.
A. 10%
B. 13%
C. 17%
D. 20%

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

45
MEMBERS
45. Flywheels in diameters up to about are
usually cast solid.
A. 6ft
B. 7ft
C. 8ft
D. 9 ft
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

46
MEMBERS
46. When the rim sections of heavy balance
wheels are held together by steel links shrunk into
place, an efficiency of ______ may be obtained.
A. 50%
B. 60%
C. 70%
D. 80%
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

47
MEMBERS
47. By using a rim of box or l-section, a link type of
Joint connection may have an efficiency of____.
A. 90%
B. 92%
C. 98%
D. 100%

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

48
MEMBERS
48. Factor of safety for flywheels is.
A. 10 to 13
B. 12 to 26
C. 18 to 45
D. 15 to 35

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

49
MEMBERS
49. Joint efficiency of flywheel is_____ for splitrim
bolted joint at arms
A. 0.60
B. 0.65
C. 0.70
0. 0.75

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

50
MEMBERS
50. Flywheel arms are usually of _____ cross-
section.
A. Spherical
B. Conical
C. Elliptical
D. Segmental
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

51
MEMBERS
51. Cast iron wheels having solid rims burst at a
rim speed of ______ corresponding to a centrifugal
tension of about 15,600 psi.
A. 385 ft/s
B. 390 ft/s
C. 395 ft/s
D. 400 ft/s
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

52
MEMBERS
52. For wheel with tie-rods, it burst at a speed of
225 ft/s showing an increase of strength of from 20
to _______over similar wheels without the tie-rods.
A. 40%
B. 45%
C. 50%
D. 55%
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

53
MEMBERS
53. The conventional limit of flywheel
operations 12,000 fpm for ______.
A. Cast iron
B. Cast steel
C. Alloy steel
D. None of these
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

54
MEMBERS
54. Application of rivets
A. Pressure vessel
B. Structural
C. Machine member
D. All of these

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

55
MEMBERS
55. _____the plates being joined are the
same plane.
A. Knucle joint
B. Bull joint
C. Butt-joint
D. None of these
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

56
MEMBERS
56. The spacing between rivet centers is called
pitch and between row center lines are called:
A. Front pitch
B. Back pitch
C. Half pitch
D. Forward pitch

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

57
MEMBERS
57. Rivet holes are usually made of____ larger in
diameter than the nominal diameter of the rivet.
A. 1/8 inch
B. 1/32 inch
C. 1/64 inch
D. 1/16 inch

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

58
MEMBERS
58. When holes are punched In heavy plate
the diameter of punched will increase from
1/16 to____.
A. 1/2 in
B. 3/4 in
C. 4/3 in
D. 1/8 in

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

59
MEMBERS
59. Materials of rivets are usually made of
wrought iron or_____.
A. Hard steel
B. Soft steel
C. Malleable steel
D. Wrought steel
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

60
MEMBERS
60. For boiler construction, 55,000 psi in tensile,
44,000 psi in shearing, and ______ in bearing
stress.
A. 95,000 psi
B. 90,000 psi
C. 85,000 psi
D. 80,000 psi
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

61
MEMBERS
61. A ______ is an externally threaded fastener designed
for insertion through holes in assembled parts and is
normally intended to be tightened or released by torquing
a nut.
A. Bolt
B. Nut
C. Screw
D. None of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

62
MEMBERS
62. Covers general specifications. and dimensions
of flat, round hole washers, intended for use in
general-purpose applications.
A. Gasket
B. Groove washer
C. Lock nut
D. Plain washer
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

63
MEMBERS
63. The ends of the bolts and screws may be finished
with either a 45-degree chamfer to a depth slightly
exceeding the depth of thread or a radius approximately
equal to 1 1/4. times the______of the shank.
A. Pitch diameter
B. Major diameter
C. Minor diameter
D. Nominal diameter
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

64
MEMBERS
64. Standard threaded lengths of bolts are _____
for a nominal length over 125 mm up to 200 mm.
A. 2d + 6mm
B. 2d + 7mm
C. 2d + 8mm
D. 2d + 9mm

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

65
MEMBERS
65. Bolts and screw heads have a chamfer of
Approximately _____ on their upper faces.
A. 27 deg
B. 45 deg
C. 35 deg
D. 30 deg
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

66
MEMBERS
66. Nuts are countershank at an included
angle of ______.
A. 90 deg
B. 120 deg
C. 150 deg
D. 180 deg
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

67
MEMBERS
67. Are used either to retain parts in a fixed
position or to preserve alignment.
A. Dammy pins
B. High pins
C. Low pins
D. Dowil pins
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

68
MEMBERS
68. Effective length of dowil must not be less
than _____ of the overall length of the pin.
A. 60%
B. 65%
C. 70%
D. 75%
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

69
MEMBERS
69. The pins must have a single shear strength
of 102,000 psi minimum.
A. 102,000 psi
B. 104,000 psi
C. 106,000 psi
D. 108,000 psi
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

70
MEMBERS
70. These standard pins are sufficiently ductile to
withstand being pressed into holes 0.0005 inch smaller
than the nominal pin diameter in hardened without
cracking.
A. 0.0005 in
B. 0.0007 in
C. 0.0008 in
D. 0.0009 in
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

71
MEMBERS
71. The side of sharp V thread form an angle
of ______ with each other.
A. 30 deg
B. 50 deg
C. 60 deg
D. 70 deg
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

72
MEMBERS
72. Is the prescribed difference between the
design size and the basic size.
A. Shrinkage
B. Allowance
C. Fits
D. Variance
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

73
MEMBERS
73. Is that thread whose profile lies within
the size limits.
A. Exact thread
B. Complete thread
C. Full thread
D. None of these
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

74
MEMBERS
74. Is the surface of a thread which joins the flanks
of the thread and is farther from the cylinder or
cone from which the thread projects.
A. Nose
B. Crest
C. Flanks
D. Side cutting
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

75
MEMBERS
75. Is either surface connecting the surface of
the crest with the root.
A. Flank
B. Top
C. Land
D. None of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

76
MEMBERS
76. Are the angles between the individual flanks
and the perpendicular axis of the thread.
A. Approach angle
B. Rake angle
C. Flank angle
D. None of these

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

77
MEMBERS
77. Is the axial distance between the two
consecutive points of intersection of a helix.
A. Lead
B. Pitch
C. Crest
D. None of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

78
MEMBERS
78. Is the angle made by the helix of the
thread at the pitch line.
A. Lead angle
B. Back rake angle
C. Dot angle.
D. None of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

79
MEMBERS
79. Is the cone that would bound the crest of an
external taper thread and the roots of an internal
taper thread.
A. Minor cone
B. Outside cone
C. Nominal cone
D. Major cone
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

80
MEMBERS
80. Is an imaginary cone of such apex angle
and location of its vertex and axis of its
surface.
A. Shank cone
B. Pitch cone
C. Center cone
D. Outside cone
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

81
MEMBERS
81. The surface of the thread which joins the flanks
of adjacent thread forms and is immediately
adjacent to the cylinder.
A. Crest
B. Flank
C. Roots
D. Top
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

82
MEMBERS
82. Refers to circular runout of major and minor
cylinders with respect to the pitch cylinder.
A. Run-in
B. Runout
C. Contrast
D. None of these

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

83
MEMBERS
83. Is the apex formed by the intersection of
the flanks of a thread when extended.
A. Standoff
B. Sharp crest
C. Runout
D. Fixed-out
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

84
MEMBERS
84. The axial distance between specified reference
on the internal and external taper thread members.
A. Pitch
B. Lead
C. Standoff
D. Helix distance

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

85
MEMBERS
85. A fit having limits of size so prescribed that
either a clearance or an interference may result
when mating parts are assembled.
A. Transition fit
B. Shrink fit
C. Force fit
D. None of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

86
MEMBERS
86. A _____ series is the standard metric screw thread
series for general purposé equipment's thread
components design and mechanical fasteners.
A. ACME thread
B. Butress thread
C. square thread
D. coarse thread

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

87
MEMBERS
87. Lubrication for driving in ferrous material is a
non-carbonizing type of lubricant such as a _____
dispersion is suggested.
A. Rubbber
B. Water
C. Oil
D. Rubber-in-water
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

88
MEMBERS
88. Surface roughness of thread between 63
and ______ micro inch Ra is recommended.
A. 115
B. 120
C. 125
D. 130
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

89
MEMBERS
89. General purpose ACME threads may have
crest corner chamfered at an angle of _____ angle
with the axis.
A. 30 deg
B. 35 deg
C. 40 deg
D. 45 deg
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

90
MEMBERS
90. Method of taping is.
A. By hand
B. By machine.
C. By hand or by machine
D. None of these

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

91
MEMBERS
91. Have a chamfer angle that reduces the
height about 8 to 10 teeth.
A. Plain taps
B. Side taps
C. Comer taps
D. Taper taps
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

92
MEMBERS
92. Plug taps have a chamfer angle with
reduced in height.
A. 3 to 5 threads
B. 4 to 6 threads
C. 5 to 7 threads
D. 6 to 8 threads
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

93
MEMBERS
93. Plug taps is used to tap for most whole tapping
applications which is also most suitable for blind holes
where the tap drill hole is deeper than the required
______.
A. Thread
B. Diameter
C. Height
D. Radius
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

94
MEMBERS
94. Taper taps are used on materials where
the chip load per tooth must be kept to a ______.
A. Maximum
B. Acceptable value.
C. Attainable value
D. Minimum
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

95
MEMBERS
95. Surface treatment of high speed steel is
by ______.
A. Carbon coating
B. Second coating
C. Zinc coating
D. Oxide coating
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

96
MEMBERS
96. Nitriding provides a very hard and wear
resistant case on ____.
A. Low speed steel
B. High speed steel
C. Moderate speed steel
D. None of these
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

97
MEMBERS
97. Rake angle for ferrous and nonferrous
materials is approximately _______.
A. 3 to 5 deg
B. 4 to 8 deg
C. 2 to 5 deg
D. 5 to 7 deg
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

98
MEMBERS
98. The rake angle of the tap should not exceed
_______ and for the harder materials a concentric
top is recommended.
A. 2 deg
B. 3 deg
C. 4deg
D. 5deg
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

99
MEMBERS
99. To reduce the rubbing of the lands, an
eccentric or con-centric relieved land should be
used and a 10 _____ degree rake angle.
A. 12 deg
B. 13 deg
C. 14 deg
D. 15 deg
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

100
MEMBERS
100. Titanium has a rake angle of 6-10
degrees and cutting speed of ______.
A. 10-20 fpm
B. 20-30 fpm
C. 10-40 fpm
D. 30-50 fpm
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

101
MEMBERS
101. Foundation bolts length should be at least
______ times the diameter of the anchor bolt.
A. 12
B. 14
C. 16
D. 18

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

102
MEMBERS
102. No foundation bolts shall be less than _____
mm diameter
A. 10
B. 12
C. 14
D. 16
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

103
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN

<LEAKAGE EDITION>
In general, files are divided into 2 classes called:

A. SINGLE-CUT AND DOUBLE-CUT

B. ROUGH AND SMOOTH
C. FINE AND COARSE
D. HEEL AND SIZES
Which of the following is abundant for ferrous
metals?

A. SULFUR
B. PHOSPOROUS
C. MANGANESE
D. CARBON
What tool is used to check internal pipe
threads?

A. PLUG GAGE
B. PITCH GAGE
C. THREAD GAGE
D. RING GAGE
Which of the following is the specification of
molybdenum alloy?

A. SAE 3XXX
B. SAE 4XXX
C. SAE 5XXX
D. SAE 6XXX
A piece of tool steel held against an emery
wheel will give off

A. WHITE SPARKS WITH STARS ON THE ENDS

B. YELLOW SPARKS
C. NO SPARKS
D. GREEN SPARKS
How do you call a plane perpendicular to the
gear axis?

A. NORMAL PLANE
B. PITCH PLANE
C. PLANE OF ROTATION
D. RADIUS OF GYRATION
Which of the following safety precautions
should be followed when renewing a flange
gasket?

A. DRAIN THE LINE THOROUGHLY

B. TIE DOWN ISOLATION VALVES
C. ISOLATE THE SECTION TO BE WORKED ON
D. ALL OF THESE
Which of the following gasket material is not
used for high temperature?

A. ASBESTOS
B. PLASTIC NYLON
C. RUBBERIZED
D. WOOL
The length of a file is measured from:

A. END TO END
B. POINT TO END
C. POINT TO HEEL
D. HEEL TO END
Which of the following types of gear transmit
power at a certain angle?

A. BEVEL
B. HELIX
C. HERRINGBONE
D. SPUR
In stalling a new flange gasket, which of the
following must be done first?

A. FLANGE FACES ARE PAINTED

B. FLANGE FACES ARE ABSOLUTELY CLEAN
C. ISOLATING VALVES ARE OPEN
D. OLD GASKET IS IN PLACE
What do the impact tests measure?

A. COMPACTNESS
B. DUCTILITY
C. PLASTICITY
D. TOUGHNESS
• Material having a high electrical resistance
and should not be used as conductor of
electrical current

• A. NICKEL
• B. SILICON BASE ALLOYS
• C. ALUMINUM OXIDE
• D. IRON OXIDE
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
• Ability to resist deformation under stress

• A. PLASTICITY
• B. STIFFNESS
• C. TOUGHNESS
• D. ALL OF THESE
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
Which of the following statements is correct for
the “brazed joint”?

A. STRONGER THAN A SOLDERED JOINT

B. WEAKER THAN A SOLDERED JOINT
C. THE SAME STRENGTH AS A SOLDERED JOINT
D. 3 TIMES AS STRONG AS A SOLDERED JOINT
What is the reason of soda being added to water
and is used for cooling instead of plain water?

A. IT REDUCES THE AMOUNT OF HEAT

GENERATED
B. IT IMPROVES THE FINISH
C. IT OVERCOMES RUSTING
D. ALL OF THESE
What is the primary reason why lead is used in
solder?

A. IT HAS A HIGH MELTING

B. IT IS CHEAP
C. IT HAS A LOW MELTING
D. B &C
Which of the following will likely happen if the
angle on a drill is less than 59 degrees?

A. THE DRILL WILL MAKE A LARGER HOLE

B. THE DRILL WILL MAKE A SMALER HOLE
C. THE HOLE WILL TAKE LONGER TO DRILL AND
MORE POWER IS REQUIRED TO DRIVE THE
DRILL
D. THE DRILL WILL NOT CENTER PROPERLY
What is/are the hand tool/s used for cutting
threads on round stock

A. STOCK AND DIE

B. STOCK
C. DIE WRENCH
D. STOCK CUTTER
• The separate forces which can be so combined
are called

• A. CONCURRENT FORCES
• B. COUPLE
• C. NON CONCURRENT FORCES
• D. COMPONENT FORCES
One of the factors involved in the choice of a
grinding wheel is:

A. THE KIND OF MATERIAL TO BE GROUND

B. THE AMOUNT OF STOCK TO BE REMOVED
C. THE KIND OF FINISH REQUIRED
D. ALL OF THE ABOVE
How many flutes does a drill bit have?

A. 4 FLUTES
B. 2 FLUTES
C. 3 FLUTES
D. NO FLUTES
Before splicing electric wires, they should be

A. TINNED
B. SOLDERED
C. CLEANED AND TINNED
D. INSULATED
Which of the following is not a common drill
shank?

A. STRAIGHT
B. FLUTED
C. TAPER
D. BIT
A classification of iron ore which contains 70%
iron when pure and 50% iron when mined

A. HERMATITE
B. MAGNETITE
C. LIMANITE
D. SIDERITE
What is the name of the taper shank used on
drills?

A. MILLER
B. STARRETT
C. MORSE
D. STANLEY
A type of ferrous metal which is formed by
remelting pig iron and scrap iron in a cupola
furnace. It is brittle and usually gray in color ,
and commonly used in making casting

A. CAST IRON
B. MALLEABLE IRON
C. WROUGHT IRON
D. GRAY IRON
Brazing requires which of the following?

A. HARD SOLDER
B. MORE HEAT
C. SOFT SOLDER
D. A&B
It is a metal of almost pure iron, ductile and very
tough. It can be hammered and shaped at
high temperature. It has a fibrous structure
because of the presence of slag

A. NODULAR IRON
B. MALLEABLE IRON
C. WROUGHT IRON
D. GRAY IRON
When installing a neww grinding wheel, always
use:

A. BLOTTING PAPER GASKETS ON EACH SIDE OF

THE WHEEL
B. COPPER GASKET ON EACH SIDE OF THE
WHEEL
C. ONLY THE STEEL WASHERS PROVIDED WITH
THE MACHINE
D. NONE OF THE ABOVE
Which of the following is the type of cast iron
that can stand more shock and blows than
regular cast iron?

A. NODULAR IRON
B. MALLEABLE IRON
C. WROUGHT IRON
D. GRAY IRON
Standard vise has _____ jaws

A. SOFT
B. HARD
C. SEMIHARD
D. SEMISOFT
How do you call metals that have no carbon
content?

A. FERROUS METALS
B. NON-FERROUS METALS
C. MALLEABLE METALS
D. WHITE IRON
Which of the following where “pillar” files are
used?

A. FILLING SLOTS
B. FILING AGAINST A SHOULDER
C. FILING KEYWAYS
D. ANY OF THE ABOVE
Which of the following basic kind of cast iron is
harder and more difficult to machine because
it contains carbon in carbide state?

A. GRAY IRON
B. MALLEABLE IRON
C. WHITE IRON
D. WROUGHT IRON
It is the element whose chief function is to
strengthen the ferrite. It is used with tungsten
to develop red hardness or the ability to
remain hard when red hot

A. CHROMIUM
B. COBALT
C. MOLYBDENUM
D. NICKEL
• It is simply defined as a simple push and pull

• A. POWER
• B. WORK
• C. INERTIA
• D. FORCE
It is the element used mostly in steels designed
for metal cutting tools. The steels added by
this elements are tough, hard and very
resistant to wear

A. CHROMIUM
B. TUNGSTEN
C. MOLYBDENUM
D. NICKEL
Hard solder is made of which of the following?

A. COPPER AND ZINC

B. TIN AND COPPER
C. TIN AND ZINC
D. TIN AND LEAD
Which of the following elements of steel which
makes it extremely hard and resistance to
wear without making it brittle?

A. CHROMIUM
B. MANGANESE
C. MOLYBDENUM
D. NICKEL
A piece of stock 8” long is 4” diameter on one
end and 1” diameter on the other end. The
taper per foot is

A. 4”
B. 4 – ¼”
C. 2 – ½”
D. 4 – 1/16”
Which of the following alloying elements of steel
will produce fine grain structure and promotes
greater toughness and ductility?

A. CHROMIUM
B. MANGANESE
C. MOLYBDENUM
D. NICKEL
If the cutting edges of a drill are cut at different
angles:

A. THE DRILL WILL NOT CUT

B. THE HOLE WILL BE LARGER THAN THE DRILL
C. THE HOLE WILL BE SMALLER THAN THE DRILL
D. NONE OF THE ABOVE
Which of the following alloying elements of steel
will produce the greatest hardening effect like
carbon and at the same time reduces the
enlargement of its grain structure

A. CHROMIUM
B. MANGANESE
C. MOLYBDENUM
D. NICKEL
• For which of the following where the lathe
compound is used?

A. ANGLE CUTTING
B. FACING
C. GROOVING
D. ANY OF THE ABOVE
Which of the following alloying elements of steel
will tend to increase its strength without
decreasing its toughness or ductility and with
its large quantities the steel become tough but
develop high resistance to corrosion and
shock?

A. CHROMIUM
B. MANGANESE
C. MOLYBDENUM
D. NICKEL
What is used to check external pipe threads?

A. PLUG GAGE
B. PITCH GAGE
C. THREAD GAGE
D. RING GAGE
A steel of carbon range of 0.75 to 1.7 percent as
considered as what type of steel?

A. LOW CARBON STEEL

B. HIGH CARBON STEEL
C. MEDIUM CARBON STEEL
D. VERY HIGH CARBON STEEL
Solder will not unite with a metal surface that
has:

A. GREASE ON IT
B. OXIDATION ON IT
C. DIRT ON IT
D. ANY OF THE ABOVE
A steel of carbon range of 0.30 to 0.45 percent
as considered as what type of steel?

A. LOW CARBON STEEL

B. HIGH CARBON STEEL
C. MEDIUM CARBON STEEL
D. ALLOYED STEEL
What will likely happen if the drill’s speed is too
high/

A. CUT FASTER
B. CUT SLOWER
C. LOSE ITS TEMPER
D. NOT CUT
A steel of carbon range of 0.45 to 0.75 percent
is considered as what type of steel?

A. LOW CARBON STEEL

B. HIGH CARBON STEEL
C. MEDIUM CARBON STEEL
D. ALLOYED STEEL
Which of the following is used to cut gears?

A. GEAR CUTTER
B. GEAR CENTER
C. GEAR HOB
D. GEAR THREADER
A steel of carbon range of 0.05 to 0.03 percent is
considered as what type of steel?

A. LOW CARBON STEEL

B. HIGH CARBON STEEL
C. MEDIUM CARBON STEEL
D. VERY HIGH CARBON STEEL
• The sum of their addendums and dedendums
is:

• A. WHOLE DEPTH
• B. WIDTH OF SPACE
• C. FULL DEPTH
• D. WORKING DEPTH
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
It is the ability of the material to resist loads
that are applied suddenly and often at high
velocity

A. FATIGUE STRENGTH
B. IMPACT STRENGTH
C. HARDNESS
D. SHOCK STRENGTH
• The alloy materials used in the production of
metal working tools:

• A. TITANIUM. PHOSPHOROUS
• B. VANADIUM, CHROMIUM, MOLYBDENUM
• C. TUNGSTEN, SILICON, HADFIELD
• D. HIGH CARBON STEEL
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
Which of the following is considered to be the
father of all machine tools?

A. LATHE MACHINE
B. BORING MACHINE
C. DRILLING MACHINE
D. MILLING MACHINE
• The property that characterizes a material’s
ability to be drawn into a wire

• A. TENSILE STRENGTH
• B. ENDURANCE LIMIT
• C. DUCTILITY
• D. THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
Ability of the material to stretch, bend or twist
without breaking or cracking

A. DUCTILITY
B. MALLEABILITY
C. HARDNESS
D. COMPRESSIBILITY
• The best materials for brake drums is:

• A. ALUMINUM
• B. STEEL MATERIAL
• C. CAST IRON
• D. WROUGHT IRON
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.

A. 0.41 hp
MACHINE DESIGN

<LEAKAGE EDITION>
• Generally applied on speed reducer due to
large speed ratio:

• A. BEVEL GEARS
• B. WORM GEARS
• C. HELICAL GEARS
• D. HYPOID GEARS
Which of the following is not a measuring
device?

A. ORSAT ANALYZER
B. THERMOMETER
C. MICROMETER CALIPER
D. DIVIDER
• The effective face width of a helical gear
divided by axial pitch

• A. APPROACH RATIO
• B. ARC OF RECESS
• C. ARC OF ACTION
• D. FACE OVERLAP
Grinding in which very little material, 0.001 to
0.005 in. is removed

A. GRINDING
B. SNAGGING
C. HONING
D. LAPPING
• It consists of two cranks, a stationary piece
called the line of centers and the connecting
rod is

• A. 5-BAR LINKAGE
• B. 3-CRANK LINKAGE
• C. 4-CRANK BRACES
• D. 4-BAR LINKAGE
Which of the following are used in specific case,
usually in fnishing operations

A. SINISTERED CARBIDES
B. CERAMICS TOOLS
C. DIAMONDS
D. CAST NONFERROUS
• Used to change rotary motion to reciprocating
motion

• A. RACK GEARS
• B. HELICAL GEARS
• C. HYPOID GEARS
• D. HERRINGBONE GEARS
Which of the following is manufactured from
aluminum oxide have expected life as carbide
tools but can operate at speeds from two to
three times higher? They operate below
1100C

A. SINISTERED CARBIDES
B. CERAMIC TOOLS
C. DIAMONDS
D. CAST NONFERROUS
• Pitch diameter less than the diameter of the
roller chain is equal to:

• A. TOP LAND
• B. ADDENDUM
• C. BOTTOM DIAMETER
• D. FACE OVERLAP
Ceramic tools operate at what temperature?

A. BELOW 2000 F
B. BELOW 220O F
C. ABOVE 2000 F
D. ABOVE 2200 F
• The most known lubricants being utilized in
whatever category of load and speed are oil,
air, grease and dry lubricants like:

• A. BRONZE
• B. SILICON
• C. LEAD
• D. GRAPHITE
How do you call the velocity of the chip relative
to the work piece?

A. CUTTING SPEED
B. CHP VELOCITY
C. SHEAR VELOCITY
D. RAKE VELOCITY
The work should be held ____, when using a
drill press

A. THE HAND
B. A VISE OR CLAMP
C. A GLOVED HAND
D. PLIERS
How do you call the velocity of the chip relative
to the tool face?

A. CUTTING SPEED
B. CHIP VELOCITY
C. SHEAR VELOCITY
D. RAKE VELOCITY
What is the use of flux in soldering?

A. KEEP THE SOLDER FROM RUNNING OFF THE

METAL
B. KEEP THE METAL FROM GETTING TOO HOT
C. KEEP THE TIP OF THE SOLDERING IRON
CLEAN
D. REMOVE AND PREVENT OXIDATION OF THE
METALS
What is the relative velocity difference between
the tool and the work piece?

A. CUTTING SPEED
B. CHIP VELOCITY
C. SHEAR VELOCITY
D. RAKE VELOCITY
What is the wrench size for a ¾” nut?

A. 1- ¼”
B. ¾”
C. 1 – ½”
D. 10/24”
Which of the following is the sum of the rake,
clearance and wedge angles?

A. 90 DEG
B. 180 DEG
C. 45 DEG
D. 75 DEG
Which of the following is correct about standard
wire gage?

A. #10 IS LARGER THAN #5

B. #1 IS SMALLER THAN #2
C. #25 IS SMALLER THAN #20
D. #20 IS LARGER THAN #25
The angle at which the tool meets the work
piece is characterized by

A. TRUE RAKE ANGLE

B. CLEARANCE ANGLE
C. RELIEF ANGLE
D. WEDGE ANGLE
The “tang” of a file is the part that:

A. DOES THE CUTTING

B. HAS NO TEETH
C. FITS INTO THE HANDLE
D. IS OPPOSITE THE HANDLE
What is the typical chip thickness ratio?

A. 0.50
B. 0.75
C. 0.25
D. 1.00
What is the use of shims?

A. SEPARATE FRESH-AND-SALT WATER LINES

B. REPLACE FUSES
C. ADJUST CYLINDER LINERS
D. ADJUST BEARING CLEARANCES
Often ground in the cutting tool face to cause
long chips to break into shorter, more
manageable pieces

A. CHIP BREAKER GROOVES

B. DISCONTINUOUS CHIPS
C. NON-SEGMENTED CHIPS
D. TYPE-TWO CHIPS
• The property of material wherein the content
is continuously distributed through its entire
mass

• A. PLASTICITY
• B. HOMOGENEITY
• C. MALLEABILITY
• D. ALL OF THESE
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
Ductile materials form long, helix-coiled string
chips known as

A. CONTINUOUS CHIPS
B. DISCONTINUOUS CHIPS
C. SEGMENTED CHIPS
D. TYPE-ONE CHIPS
Rotating parts in a barrel filled with an abrasive
or non abrasive medium. Widely used to
remove burrs, flash, scale and oxides

A. ABRASIVE CLEANING
B. CALORIZING
C. BARREL FINISHING
D. ANODIZING
A double-bottom tank is 18’ wide, 24’ long and
4’ deep. It is filled with fresh water. Total
capacity in tons is

A. 50
B. 55
C. 48
D. 45
A fine finishing operation, similar to polishing
using a very fine polishing compound

A. ELECTROPLATING
B. CALORIZING
C. BURNISHING
D. BUFFING
What is the process used to retard corrosion on
iron pipe?

A. SOLDERING
B. TEMPERING
C. ANNEALING
D. GALVINIZING
How do you call the process of fine grinding or
peening operation designed to leave a
characteristic pattern n the surface of the
work piece?

A. ELECTROPLATING
B. CALORIZING
C. BURNISHING
D. BUFFING
What is the most common flux to be used when
soldering brass, copper or tin?

A. TALLOW
B. BORAX
C. ROSIN
D. SAL AMMONIAC
The diffusing of aluminum into a steel surface,
producing an aluminum oxide that protects
the steel from high-temperature corrosion

A. ELECTROPLATING
B. CALORIZING
C. BURNISHING
D. BUFFING
• The most popular of all soldering materials in
use has composition of:

• A. 45/55% TIN & LEAD

• B. 60/40% TIN & LEAD
• C. 50/50% TIN & LEAD
• D. ALL OF THESE
• e power output of the turbine.

A. 0.41 hp
B. 1.05 hp
The electro-deposition of a coating onto the
work piece. Electrical current is used to drive
ions in solution to the part. The workpiece is
the cathode in the electrical circuit

A. ELECTROPLATING
B. CALORIZING
C. BURNISHING
D. BUFFING
• Almost always the soldering materials are a
combination of the following alloys:

• A. ALL OF THESE
• B. TIN & ANTIMONY
• C. LEAD & TIN
• D. LEAD & ANTIMONY
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
This process is known as bonderizing when used
as a primer for paints

A. PARKERIZING
B. HONING
C. HARD SURFACING
D. GALVANIZING
• The properties of metal to withstand loads
without breaking down is:

• A. ELASTICITY
• B. PLASTICITY
• C. STRENGTH
• D. STRAIN
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
A grinding operation using stones moving in a
reciprocating pattern. Leaves a characteristic
cross-hatch pattern

A. PARKERIZING
B. HONING
C. HARD SURFACING
D. GALVANIZING
• The relative strength of a butt welding could
be safely assumed as __% efficiency

• A. 95
• B. 90
• C. 98
• D. 92
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
The creation of a hard meatl surface in a softer
product

A. PARKERIZING
B. HONING
C. HARD SURFACING
D. GALVANIZING
• It is a general pratice to use the following
allowable stresses 4000 psi for mainstreaming
shaft and 8500 psi for small short shafts and
counter shaft. For lineshaft carrying pulley, it
is:

• A. 7800 PSI
• B. 6000 PSI
• C. 7000 PSI
• D. 6500 PSI
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
A zinc coating applied to low carbon steel to
improve corrosion resistance. The coating can
be applied in a hot dip bath, by electroplating
or by dry tumbling

A. PARKERIZING
B. HONING
C. HARD SURFACING
D. GALVANIZING
• The rigidity of polymer can be increased by:

• A. FURNACE MELTING
• B. CRYSTALLIZATION
• C. NORMALIZING
• D. SHOT OPENING
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.

A. 0.41 hp
• Which of the phase of steel elements has a
face-centered cubic structure/

• A. PYRITE
• B. CEMENTITE
• C. AUSTENITE
• D. ALL OF THESE
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
• The angle included between the sides of the
thread measured in axial plane in a screw
thread

• A. ANGLE OF THREAD
• B. HELIX ANGLE THREAD
• [Link] BETWEEN THREAD OR 40
• D. HALF ANGLE THREAD OR 20
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
• Flat leather belting not recommended for
used in a speed excess of ___fpm

• A. 3600
• B. 6000
• C. 4800
• D. ALL OF THESE
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
In pipe fittings, the term “offset” refers to:

A. A CUT-OFF RUNNING AT RIGHT ANGLES TO

THE ORIGINAL PIPING
B. 2 PIPES RUNNING PARALLEL TO EACH OTHER
C. A BEND IN THE PIPE
D. 2 SIZES OF PIPE IN THE SAME RUN
Tool steel can be hardened by which of the
following?

A. HEATING RED HOT AND PLUNGING INTO

WATER
B. HEATING RED HOT AND COOLING IN A BLAST
OF DRY AIR
C. HEATING RED HOT AND PLUNGING INTO
LINSEED OR COTTONSEED OIL
D. ANY OF THE ABOVE, DEPENDING ON TYPE
AND USE
Which of the following would cause hot
bearings?

A. IMPROPER OIL
B. IMPROPER ALIGNMENT
C. DIRT IN OIL
D. ALL OF THE ABOVE
What is the approximate gap clearance for new
piston rings for steam pumps?

A. 0.003” FOR EACH INCH DIAMETEROF

CYLINDER
B. 0.001 ” FOR EACH INCH DIAMETEROF
CYLINDER
C. 0.010 ” FOR EACH INCH DIAMETEROF
CYLINDER
D. 0.050 ” FOR EACH INCH DIAMETEROF
CYLINDER
MACHINE DESIGN

<LEAKAGE EDITION>
In which of the following where plug cock
offers?

A. MORE RESISTANCE TO FLOW THAN A GLOBE

VALVE
B. THE SAME RESISTANCE TO FLOW AS A GLOBE
VALVE
C. LESS RESISTANCE TO FLOW THAN A GLOBE
VALVE
D. THE SAME RESISTANCE TO FLOW AS AN
ANGLE VALVE
Sinistered carbide operate at cutting speeds
how many times as fast as HSS tools:

A. 2–5
B. THRICE
C. 5–7
D. TWICE
How do you call the tool used to cut threads on
pipe?

A. PIPE TOOL
B. PIPE VISE
C. PIPE STOCK
D. PIPE CUTTER
They are produced through powder metallurgy
from nonferrous metals

A. DIAMONDS
B. CAST NONFERROUS
C. CERAMIC TOOLS
D. SINISTERED CARBIDES
Sheet metal of #18 gage is heavier than;

A. 12 GAGE
B. 22 GAGE
C. 14 GAGE
D. 16 GAGE
Cast nonferrous tools are brittle but can be
used up to approximately

A. 1700 F
B. 2200 F
C. 2000 F
D. 600 F
In which of the following where pipe is
measured?

A. INSIDE DIAMETER
B. THICKNESS OF WALL
C. OUTSIDE DIAMETER
D. WIRE GAGE
Which of the following contains tungsten or
chromium and retains its hardness up to
approimately 1100 F, a property known as red
hardness

A. CERAMIC TOOLS
B. DIAMONDS
C. HIGH SPEED TOOLS
D. CARBON TOOL STEEL
Which of the following groups of pipe sizes is
correct?

A. ¼, ½, ¾, 7/8, 1
B. ¼, 3/8, ½, ¾, 1
C. ¼, 3/8, ½, 5/8, ¾, 1
D. ¼, ½, 5/8, ¾, 1
Carbon tool steel can be given a god edge but is
restricted to use below

A. 400 – 600 F
B. 300 – 400 F
C. 700 – 800 F
D. 800 – 1000 F
• What method used to determine the reactions
on continuos beams?

• A. TWO-MOMENT EQUATIONS
• B. THREE-MOMENT EQUATIONS
• C. SECOND-MOMENT EQUATIONS
• D. THIRD-MOMENT EQUATIONS
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
A plain carbon steel with approximately 0.9 to
1.3% carbon which has been hardened and
tempered

A. CARBON TOOL STEEL

B. CAST NONFERROUS
C. HIGH-SPEED STEEL
D. DIAMOND
What is the approximate melting point of
babbitt?

A. 1000 DEGREES F.
B. 750 DEGRESS F.
C. 650 DEGREES F.
D. 500 DEGREES F.
Which of the following is produced through
powder metallurgy from nonferrous metals?

A. SINISTERED CABIDES
B. CERAMIC TOOLS
C. DIAMONDS
D. CAST NONFERROUS
• Continuous stretching under load even if the
stress is less than the yield point

• A. PLASTICITY
• B. CREEP
• C. ELASTICITY
• D. DUCTILITY
Cast nonferrous tools are brittle but can be used
up to approximately

A. 1000 C
B. 925 C
C. 1500 C
D. 750 C
• It is the product of the resultant of all forces
acting on a body and the time

• A. LINEAR MOMENTUM
• B. ANGULAR MOMENTUM
• C. LINEAR IMPULSE
• D. ALL OF THESE
Contains tungsten or chromium and retains its
hardness up to approximately 600 c

A. CARBON TOOL STEEL

B. HIGH SPEED STEEL
C. LOW SPEED STEEL
D. MEDIUM SPEED STEEL
A tank 28” in diameter and 14’ high is filled with
water. The total pressure on the bottom of the
tank is;

A. 3741 LBS
B. 2573 LBS
C. 4257 LBS
D. 3000 LBS
The energy expended per unit volume removed
is known as

A. SPECIFIC CUTTING ENERGY

B. METAL REMOVAL RATE
C. CUTTING HORSEPOWER
D. ABSOLUTE CUTTING ENERGY
Which of the following usually happen to the
blade of flexible hacksaw applied by too much
pressure?

A. SNAP EASILY
B. BUCKLE OR RUN OUT OF LINE
C. CUT TOO FAST
D. CUT ON A SLANT
Which of the following is the primary parameter
affecting the cutting energy requirement?

A. COMPRESSIVE STRESS
B. SHEAR STRESS
C. TORSIONAL STRESS
D. BENDING STRESS
A piece of stock 6” is 2” diameter at one end
and is cut with a taper of ½” to the foot. The
diameter of the smaller end will be

A. 1 – ½”
B. 1 – ¼”
C. 1 – ¾”
D. 2”
• Stresses that are independent of loads is
called___

• A. WORKING STRESS
• B. SIMPLE STRESS
• C. RESIDUAL STRESS
• D. COMBINED STRESS
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
Brittle materials produce discrete fragments
known as

A. CHIP BREAKER GROOVES

B. DISCONTINUOUS CHIPS
C. NON-SEGMENTED CHIPS
D. TYPE-TWO CHIPS
• It is recommended not to have a direct drive
between driven and drive sprockets if the ratio
of their teeth exceeds ____. Use 2 or more
step combination

• A. 10 TIMES
• B. 5 TIMES
• C. 8 TIMES
• D. 6 TIMES
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
What is the other term of barrel finishing?

A. ABRASIVE CLEANING
B. TUMBLING
C. BARREL FINISHING
D. ANODIZING
• Length of contact between two mating parts
in a screw and nut threads measured axially is
termed:

• A. LENGTH OF ENGAGEMENT
• B. ARC OF CONTACTS
• C. AXIS OF CONTACT
• D. DEPTH OF ENGAGEMENT
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
A classification of iron ore which contains 70%
iron when pure and 50% iron when mined

A. HERMATITE
B. MAGNETITE
C. LIMANITE
D. SIDARITE
How many positions can a hacksaw blade be
placed in a frame/

A. 2 POSITIONS
B. 1 POSITION
C. 4 POSITION
D. 3 POSITION
It is a copper tin alloy and is named either bell
metal or brown metal

A. BRASS
B. BRONZE
C. MUNTZ METAL
D. SILVER
• Which of the following is not a part of
micrometer caliper?

• A. THIMBLE
• B. SPINDLE
• C. HEAD SCREW
• D. ANVIL
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
It is an alloy of copper and zinc. It is
approximately 1/3 zinc and 2/3 copper

A. BRASS
B. BRONZE
C. MUNTZ METAL
D. SILVER
• Which of the following raw materials are used
in the foundry molding operation?

• A. SILICA SAND, BENTONITE, FLOUR/PASTE

WATER
• B. SILICA SAND, PASTE, GRAPHITE ELECTRODE
• C. SILICA SAND, PASTE
• D. SILICA SAND, LINSEED OIL, FLOUR
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
The covering of surfaces with an organic film of
paint, enamel or lacquer

A. TIN-PLATING
B. METAL SPRAYING
C. ORGANIC FINISHES
D. LAPPING
Which of the following is not considered to be
precious metal?

A. SILVER
B. GOLD
C. PLATINUM
D. STEEL
Which of the following materials having thermal
expansion of about 10 times higher than
those of metals and has more heat generated
during machining?

A. ALUMINUM
B. ASBESTOS
C. PLASTIC
D. PVC
An approximate safe rule for cutting new pistons
for steam pumps is to allow

A. 0.002” BETWEEN PISTON AND CYLINDER FOR

EACH INCH DIAMETER OF PISTON
B. 0.001 ” BETWEEN PISTON AND CYLINDER
FOR EACH INCH DIAMETER OF PISTON
C. 0.010 ” BETWEEN PISTON AND CYLINDER
FOR EACH INCH DIAMETER OF PISTON
D. 0.0001 ” BETWEEN PISTON AND CYLINDER
FOR EACH INCH DIAMETER OF PISTON
In which of the following carrying capacity
where roller bearing is utilized better than ball
bearing?

A. HEAVY LOAD
B. HIGH TEMPERATURE LOAD
C. LOW LOAD
D. REVERSING
• Poisson’s Ratio is the ratio of

• A. ELASTIC LIMIT TO YIELD STRENGTH

• B. LATERAL DEFORMATION TO THE
LONGITUDINAL DEFORMATION
• C. SHEAR STRAIN TO UNIT STRAIN
• D. ELASTIC LIMIT TO SHEAR STRENGTH
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
Which of the following material is
recommended for large sprocket of large
speed ratio and having fewer engagement?

A. NICKEL-CHROMIUM STEEL
B. COPPER
C. CAST IRON
D. ALUMINUM
In which of the following where straight muriatic
acid is often used as a flux?

A. GALVANIZED IRON
B. SHEET STEEL
C. CAST IRON
D. ANY OF THE ABOVE
Which of the following has low coefficient of
expansion, corrosion resistant, weak in
strength and used for non-ferrous applications
as an alloying element?

A. ALUMINUM
B. ALUMINUM OXIDE
C. COPPER OXIDE
D. COPPER
What is the correct angle on a drill for ordinary
work/

A. 45 DEGREES
B. 59 DEGREES
C. 50 DEGREES
D. 65 DEGREES
What is the actual torque ratio of a gear set
divided by its gear ratio?

A. APPROACH RATIO
B. CLEARANCE
C. CONTACT RATIO
D. EFFICIENCY
What is the effect if the melting point of solder
is very high?

A. WEAKER THE SOLDER JOINT

B. STRONGER THE SOLDER JOINT
C. SOFTER THE SOLDER JOINT
D. HARDER THE SOLDER JOINT
The most commonly used series in the bulk
production of bolts, screw, nuts and other
general applications in the coarse-thread
series

A. UNC
B. UNF
C. WHITE IRON
D. LEAD
• Steels used for axles, gears and similar parts
are requiring medium to high hardness and
high strength are known as?

• A. HIGH CARBON STEELS

• B. LOW CARBON STEELS
• C. MEDIUM CARBON STEELS
• D. VERY HIGH CARBON STEELS
pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi. The
flow rate is 60 gallons per minute. Calculate
the power output of the turbine.
• An elastic body whose primary function is to
deflect under load

• A. CLUTCH
• B. BRAKE
• C. STOPPER
• D. SPRING
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
The least among iron ores for it contains many
impurities, poor in iron content and
commonly used in England

A. HEMATITE
B. MAGNETITE
C. LIMANITE
D. SIDERITE
A tool bit for cutting an American National
thread should be ground with what angle?

A. 45 DEGREES
B. 60 DEGREES
C. 90 DEGREES
D. 30 DEGREES
A silvery dull, soft metal and the second lightest
of all metals used in the industry

A. NICKEL
B. ALUMINUM
C. WHITE IRON
D. LEAD
The repeated hammering of a workpiece to
obtain desired shape

A. SPRING BACK
B. BLANKING
C. PUNCHING
D. FORGING
What is the other term for the operation of
“truing” a grinding wheel?

A. CENTERING
B. SIZING
C. DRESSING
D. ROUNDING
MACHINE DESIGN

<LEAKAGE EDITION>
A method that does not require clamping,
chucking, or holding round workpieces

A. CENTERLESS GRINDING
B. LASER MACHINING
C. CHEMICAL MILLING
D. ULTRAFINISHING
A white metal almost as bright as silver and is
malleable and ductile and can be welded

A. NICKEL
B. ALUMINUM
C. WHITE IRON
D. LEAD
After any cutting or standard grinding operation,
the surface of a workplace will consist of:

A. SMEAR METAL
B. ULTRAFINISHING
C. SUPERFINISHING
D. CENTERLESS GRINDING
Which of the following where pipe wrench
(Stillson) was designed to be used?

A. HEXAGONAL OBJECTS
B. SQUARE OBJECTS
C. ROUND OBJECTS
D. FLAT OBJECTS
Taylor’s equation relates cutting speed v and
tool life T for particular combination of tool
and workpiece, VT^n= constant. This equation
is also known as:

A. FLANK WEAR
B. NOSE FAILURE
C. CRATER WEAR
D. TOOL LIFE
Which of the following is correct in pouring
babbitt?

A. IT CAN BE DONE IN SEVERAL POURING

B. MUST BE POURED ALL AT ONE TIME
C. CAN BE DONE AT INTERVALS
D. MUST BE DONE IN COOL PLACE
It reduce friction and do not cause rust but are
less efficient of heat removal than water

A. SAL SODA
B. KEROSENE LUBRICANTS
C. STRAIGHT CUTTING OILS
D. AIR
In machine shop, if the lips of a drill are of
different lengths then which of the following
will likely happen?

A. THE DRILL WILL NOT CUT

B. THE HOLE WILL BE LARGER THAN THE DRILL
C. THE HOLE WILL BE SMALLER THAN THE DRILL
D. NONE OF THESE WILL HAPPEN
Addition of ____ to water produces an efficient,
inexpensive cutting fluid that does not
promote rusting:

A. SAL SODA
B. KEROSENE LUBRICANTS
C. STRAIGHT CUTTING OIS
D. AIR
How do you call the process used to retard
corrosion (rust) on iron pipe and fitting?

A. TINNING
B. GALVANIZING
C. SOLDERING
D. SULPHURIZING
Which of the following is a good heat remove,
but it promote rust?

A. AIR
B. KEROSENE
C. CARBON DIOXIDE
D. WATER
Copper is annealed by heating to a cherry red
color and _____

A. DOUSING IN COLD WATER

B. DOUSING IN OIL
C. COOLING SLOWLY IN AIR
D. DOUSING IN HOT WATER
Which of the following is used to reduce friction,
remove heat, remove chips and protect
against corrosion

A. WATER VAPOR
B. CARBON
C. AIR
D. CUTTING FLUID
On XX heavy pipe the extra metal is added to
which of the folowing?

A. OUTSIDE
B. INSIDE
C. HALF ON THE INSIDE, HALF ON THE OUTSIDE
D. ¾ ON THE OUTSIDE, ¼ ON THE INSIDE
Percent of the heat developed in cutting is due
to friction between the tool and the
workpiece is

A. APPROXIMATELY 50%
B. APPROXIMATELY 10%
C. APPROXIMATELY 25%
D. APPROXIMATELY 75%
In one turn of the screw in a micrometer, it
moves the spindle by what amount?

A. 0.25”
B. 0.025”
C. 0.205”
D. 0.110”
Soluble in the presence of high temperature iron
used in specific cases, usually in finishing
operations

A. CERAMIC TOOLS
B. DIAMONDS
C. HIGH SPEED
D. ALUMINUM
Cast iron weighs 640 pounds per cubic foot.
How much is the weight of a cast iron block
14”x12”x18”?

A. 1200 LBS
B. 1120 LBS
C. 1000 LBS
D. 1088 LBS
Which of the following is manufactured from
aluminum oxide have the same expected life
as carbide tools but can operate at speeds
from two to three times higher?

A. CERAMIC TOOLS
B. HIGH SPEED STEEL
C. DIAMONDS
D. CARBON TOOL STEEL
Shooting sand, steel grit, or steel shot against
work pieces to remove casting sand, scale and
oxidation

A. ABRASIVE CLEANING
B. TUMBLING
C. BARREL FINISHING
D. ANODIZING
• The differential of the shear equation is the:

• A. DEFLECTION OF THE BEAM

• B. TENSILE STRENGTH OF BEAM
• C. COMPRHENSIVE STRENGTH OF BEAM
• D. LOAD ON THE BEAM
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.

A. 0.41 hp
An electroplating-acid bath oxidation process for
aluminum and magnesium. The work piece is
the anode in the electrical circuit

A. ABRASIVE CLEANING
B. TUMBLING
C. BARREL FINISHING
D. ANODIZING
• Alloy that improves strength of steel t high
temperature application:

• A. ALUMINUM
• B. SILICON
• C. MANGANESE
• D. CHROMIUM
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
What material where a scriber is made from?

A. CARBON STEEL
B. TOOL STEEL
C. COLD-ROLLED STEEL
D. HOT-ROLLED STEE
What is the reason why drill “squeals” when
cutting?

A. DRILL BEING GROUND IMPROPERLY

B. INSUFFICIENT LUBRICATION
C. DRILL BEING TOO HOT
D. ANY OF THE ABOVE
A piece of mild steel held against an emery
wheel will give off

A. BRIGHT SHINY SPARKS

B. NO SPARKS
C. LIGHT STRAW-COLORED SPARKS
D. GREEN SPARKS
Which of the following describes a flexible
back hacksaw blade?

A. ONLY THE TEETH HARDENED

B. A MOVABLE BACK
C. FLEXIBLE ENDS
D. ONLY THE BACK HARDENED
• How do you call the opposite directional
forces equal in magnitude and parallel

• A. NON COPLANAR
• B. COUPLE
• C. CENTROID
• D. COPLANAR
How do you call the pipe fitting which has two
openings and provides a turn of 90 degrees?

A. AN ELBOW
B. A COUPLING
C. A TEE
D. A UNION
In which of the following where tubing is
measured by:

A. INSIDE DIAMETER
B. THICKNESS OF WALL
C. OUTSIDE DIAMETER
D. WIRE GAGE
Machine used to flatten surface on a vertical,
horizontal or even angular plane?

A. SHAPER MACHINE
B. POWER SAW
C. BORING MACHINE
D. DRILLING MACHINE
• It is a work-supporting device which is bolted
to the saddle of the lathe machine. It travels
with the cutting tool, it is a prevention of the
springing away of the work piece from cutting
tools

• A. RUBBER-FLEX COLLETS
• B. FOLLOWER REST
• C. TOOL POST
• D. CARRIAGE STOP
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
• Which of the following is the measure of
torsional stress?

• A. RIGIDITY
• B. STIFFNESS
• C. ACCURACY
• D. PRECISION
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
All these basic kinds of cast iron, except

A. GRAY IRON
B. MALLEABLE IRON
C. WHITE IRON
D. RED IRON
• To avoid brittleness of weld or the residual
stress in the welding, it is normally stress
relieved of:

• A. ANNEALING
• B. TEMPERING
• C. NORMALIZING
• D. FLAME HARDENING
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
How do you call the metals that contain large
amount of carbon content?

A. FERROUS METALS
B. NON-FERROUS METALS
C. BASE METALS
D. PRECIOUS METALS
• It is a type of coil where the helical coil is
wrapped into a circle forming an annular ring

• A. VOLUTE SPRING
• B. HAIR SPRING
• C. MOTOR SPRING
• D. GARTER SPRING
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
It is the treatment of steel that produces
extremely hard surface. The process consists
of exposing the steel to hot ammonia gas for
some hours

A. NITRIDING
B. CYANIDING
C. CARBURIZING
D. AMMONIA BATH
• What type of compound screw which
produces a motion equal to the difference in
motion between the two component screws?
• A. MACHINE SCREW
• B. TANDEN SCREW
• C. DIFFERENTIAL SCREW
• D. VARIABLE SCREW
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.

A. 0.41 hp
It is also known as strain drawing. It is the
process whereby certain degree of hardness is
sacrificed in order to reduce brittleness and
increase the toughness of steel tool

A. TEMPERING
B. NORMALIZING
C. ANNEALING
D. QUENCHING
Ability of a material to resist loads that are
applied suddenly and often at high velocity

A. FATIGUE STRENGTH
B. BENDING STRENGTH
C. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
D. IMPACT STRENGTH
• One of these materials is not a structural
steel?

• A. LOW CARBON STEEL

• B. STAINLESS STEEL
• C. TOOL AND DIE STEEL
• D. MEDIUM CARBON STEEL
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
The property of a material to resist various kinds
of rapidly alternating stresses

A. FATIGUE STRENGTH
B. BENDING STRENGTH
C. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
D. IMPACT STRENGTH
• Difference between maximum material limits
of mating parts, or it is a minimum clearance
or maximum interference between parts

• A. TOLERANCE
• B. VARIANCE
• C. FITS
• D. ALLOWANCE
• he pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
The property of a material which resists forces
from causing a member to bend or deflect in
the direction in which the load is applied

A. BENDING STRENGTH
B. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
C. TENSILE STRENGTH
D. TORSIONAL STRENGTH
• The changes in shape or geometry of the body
due to action of a force on it is calle
deformation or:

• A. SHEAR STRESSES
• B. COMPRESSIVE STRESSES
• C. STRESSES
• D. STRAINS
• The pressure drop across a turbine is 30 psi.
The flow rate is 60 gallons per minute.
Calculate the power output of the turbine.
The property of a material which resists forces
acting to pull the material apart

A. TENSILE STRENGTH
B. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
C. BENDING STRENGTH
D. TORSIONAL STRENGTH
• The recirocal of a diametrical pitch or the ratio
of the pitch diameter to the numkber of teeth

• A. LEAD
• B. INVOLUTE
• C. MODULE
• D. CLEARANCE
A. 0.41 hp
B. 1.05 hp
C. 2.54 hp
D. 6.30 hp
It refers to the internal resistance of a material
to being deformed and is measured in terms
of the applied load

A. STRESS
B. STRAIN
C. DUCTILITY
D. MALLEABILITY
• Helix angle in the range of ___ degree is
recommended for wide-face helical gears

• A. LESS THAN 15
• B. 20 TO 35
• C. LESS THAN 20
• D. 20 TO 22
A. 0.41 hp
B. 1.05 hp
C. 2.54 hp
D. 6.30 hp
All of these are classifications of iron ore,
except:

A. MAGNETITE
B. HERMATITE
C. SIDERITE
D. SULFURITE
• If shaft size is specified as diameter 2” max.
and 1.99” min. in diameter, then the 0.010”
could be defined as:

• A. ALLOWANCE
• B. VARIANCE
• C. FIT
• D. TOLERANCE
What machine is used to flatten surface on a
vertical, horizontal or even angular plane?

A. SHAPER MACHINE
B. POWER SAW
C. BORING MACHINE
D. DRILLING MACHINE
How do you call metals that have no carbon
content?

A. FERROUS METALS
B. MALLEABLE IRON
C. NON-FERROUS METALS
D. WHITE IRON
It is a metal of almost pure iron, ductile and very
tough. It can be harmmmerd and shaped at
high temperature. It has a fibrous structure
because of the presence of slag

A. NODULAR IRON
B. MALLEABLE IRON
C. WROUGHT IRON
D. GRAY IRON
To avoid scoring in the bearing surface and the
shaft due to contamination/absorption of the
fine dirt in the bearing during
operation/lubrication the bearing material to
apply should have good ____ properties?

A. ANTI-SCORING
B. CORROSION RESISTANCE CONFORMABILITY
C. CORROSION RESISTANCE
D. EMBEDDABILITY
Which of the following tools would be most
useful when taking leads on bearings?

A. DIVIDERS
B. MICROMETER
C. OUTSIDE CALIPER
D. CENTER GAGE
What is the other term for the operation of
truing a grinding wheel?

A. CENTERIZING
B. SIZING
C. DRESSING
D. ROUNDING
It is a furnace that converts pig iron into steel by
oxidizing out the surplus carbon and using
oxygen by throwing raw iron ore into the
furnace

A. OPEN-HEARTH FURNACE
B. ELECTRIC FURNACE
C. CUPOLA
D. BESSEMER
MACHINE DESIGN

<LEAKAGE EDITION>
When turning a piece of round metal in a lathe,
the front clearance should be smaller for

A. LARGE-DIAMETER CUTTING
B. CUTTING ANGLES
C. SMALL-DIAMETER CUTTING
D. NONE OF THE ABOVE
When preparing to tap a hole for a pipe fitting,
the size of the drill will be

A. LARGER THAN THE TAP SIZE

B. SMALLER THAN THE TAP SIZE
C. EQUAL TO THE SIZE OF THE TAP
D. NONE OF THE ABOVE
A piece of cast iron held against an emery wheel
will give off what?

A. DULL YELLOW SPARKS

B. RED SPARKS
C. BRIGHT SHINY SPARKS
D. NO SPARKS
Hand taps are provided in sets of three. Which
of the following sets of three?

A. TAPER, PLUG AND END

B. TAPER, PLUG AND BOTTOM
C. SHORT, TAPER AND BOTTOM
D. SHORT, TAPER AND LONG
When cutting material in a lathe, the softer the
material being cut, the tool bit should have

A. MORE TOP RAKE

B. DOUBLE TOP RAKE
C. LESS TOP RAKE
D. ANY OF THE ABOVE
Which of the following size of the drill is used in
preparing to tap a hole?

A. EQUAL TO SIZE OF THE TAP

B. LARGER THAN THE SIZE OF THE TAP
C. SMALLER THAN THE SIZE OF THE TAP
D. NONE OF THE ABOVE
A drill bit has how many flutes?

A. 4
B. 2
C. 3
D. NONE
The alignment of coupling faces can be checked
by which process?

A. USING AN INSIDE MICROMETER

B. INSERTING A THERMOCOUPLE
C. INSERTING A FEELER GAGE BETWEEN THE
COUPLING FACES AT VARIOUS POINTS
AROUND THE CIRCUMFERENCE
D. ROTATING AND MEASURING TO NEAREST
PERMANENT FITTING
What tool is used when preparing to put fittings
on copper tubing?

A. TUBE SPREADER
B. TUBE RETARDER
C. FLARING TOOL
D. TUBE COUNTERSINK
Pipe taps are

A. THE SAME SIZE FROM END TO END

B. TAPERED
C. NOT FLUTED
D. NOT HARDENED
Which of the following is not a standard thread
form?

A. SQUARE
B. DOUBLE FLUTE
C. AMERICAN NATIONAL
D. 60. DEG. SHARP V
How do you call the tool used to cut threads in a
hole?

A. TOP
B. BIT
C. TAP
D. REAMER
A hot-dip or electroplate application of tin to
steel

A. TIN-PLATING
B. METAL SPRAYING
C. ORGANIC FINISHES
D. LAPPING
When cutting material in a lathe, the harder the
material being cut, the tool bit should have

A. MORE SIDE RAKE

B. MORE TOP RAKE
C. LESS SIDE RAKE
D. NO SIDE RAKE
What is the primary purpose of knurling?

A. SMOOTH MATERIAL
B. ROUGHEN MATERIAL
C. POLISH MATERIAL
D. SHARPEN MATERIAL
A process in which metal is dipped in dilute acid
solutions to remove dirt grease and oxides

A. SHERADIZING
B. SUPER FINISHING
C. POLISHING
D. PICKLING
The size of a drill is stamped on the

A. PONIT
B. MARGIN
C. SHANK
D. FLUTE
Which of the following chisels would be used for
cutting oil grooves?

A. DIAMOND-POINT CHISEL
B. ROUND-NOSE CHISEL
C. COLD CHISEL
D. HOT CHISEL
Which of the following taps should be used to
start a thread?

A. PLUG
B. BOTTOM
C. SHORT
D. TAPER
How do you call the tool used for cutting pie
threads?

A. PIPE CUTTER
B. PIPE THREADER
C. PIPE STOCK AND DIE
D. PIPE RATCHER CUTTER
Application of a thin phosphate coating on steel
to improve corrosion resistance

A. PARKERIZING
B. HONING
C. HARD SURFACING
D. GALVANIZING
A scriber is made from what material?

A. CARBON STEEL
B. TOOL STEEL
C. COLD-ROLLED STEEL
D. HOT-ROLLED STEEL
After a piece of pipe has been cut, the hole is
cleaned out with a

A. PIPE REAMER
B. PIPE TAPER
C. PIPE CLEANER
D. HOLE CLEANER
A tap or die marked ¼ - 20 inches

A. ¼” RADIUS – 20 CM. LONG

B. ¼” DIAMETER – 20 THREADS PER IN.
C. ¼” RADIAN – 20 THREADS PER IN.
D. ¼” TURN – 20 TIMES
Which of the following is the largest drill?

A. A
B. Z
C. XX
D. X
What is the minimum diameter of a piece of
round stock necessary to make a square key
¾” on a side?

A. 1.5”
B. 1.0”
C. 1.06”
D. 0.75”
The purpose of “tempering” is to make a metal
what?

A. HARDER
B. LESS BRITTLE
C. SOFTER
D. MORE BRITTLE
Copper is annealed by heating to a cherry red
color and

A. DOUSING IN COLD WATER

B. DOUSING IN OIL
C. COOLING SLOWLY IN AIR
D. DOUSING IN HOT WATER
Before applying layout blue on a piece of metal,
it must be

A. ROUGHENED
B. CLEANED
C. HEATED
D. COLD
To check the speed of a motor or other rotary
machine, one would use a

A. GALVANOMETER
B. TACHOMETER
C. MICROMETER
D. GEIGER COUNTER
What is the main purpose of “annealing” a
metal?

A. TO MAKE THE METAL HARDER

B. TO MAKE THE METAL SOFTER
C. TO MAKE THE METAL MEDIEM-HARDER
D. TO MAKE THE METAL SHINY HARDER
After grinding a tool bit, the cutting edge should
be

A. CASE HARDENED
B. STONED WITH AN OILSTONE
C. RUBBED WITH AN EMERY CLOTH
D. RUBBED WITH CROCUS CLOTH
Before drilling a hole in a piece of metal, it
should be

A. MARKED WITH CHALK

B. SCRIBED
C. CENTER-PUNCHED
D. PROTRACTED
A fine grinding operation used to obtain exact fit
and dimensional accuracy

A. TIN-PLATING
B. METAL SPRAYING
C. ORGANIC FINISHES
D. LAPPING
What tool used in precision work to smooth or
enlarge holes?

A. ROUND OUT
B. REAMER
C. DRIFT PIN
D. PROTRACTOR
In threaded members, which of the following
represents N.F.?

A. NATIONAL FILE
B. NEUTRAL FILE
C. NATIONAL FINE
D. NOT FOUND
What do you call the process of removing the
sharp edges from a piece of stock?

A. KNURLING
B. PLANNING
C. CHAMFERING
D. TURNING
How do you call the tool used for cleaning files?

A. FILE CLEANER
B. FILE OILSTONE
C. FILE CARD
D. SCRAPER
How do you call the tool used when cutting a
hole in the side of a round piece of metal?

A. VISE
B. “V”-BLOCK
C. JAW HOLDER
D. CHUCK
A super fine grinding operation used to expose
nonfragmented, crystalline base metal

A. SHERADIZING
B. SUPER FINISHING
C. POLISHING
D. PICKLING
Which of the following does not have to be
lubricated when drilling?

A. STEEL
B. MONEL
C. BRASS
D. TOOL STEEL
Which of the following is not a cut of file?

A. SMOOTH
B. HALF-ROUND
C. SECOND CUT
D. BASTARD
The covering of surfaces with an organic film of
paint, enamel or lacquer

A. TIN-PLATING
B. METAL SPRAYING
C. ORGANIC FINISHES
D. LAPPING
At what speed that carbon steel drill should be
operated?

A. SPEED GREATER THAN THAT WHEN USING A

HIGHSPEED DRILL
B. SPEED LESS THAN THAT WHEN USING
HIGHSPEED DRILL
C. SAME SPEED AS THAT WHEN USING A
HIGHSPEED DRILL
D. NONE OF THE ABOVE
A specific method of zinc galvanizing in which
parts are tumbled in zinc dust at high
temperature

A. SHERADIZING
B. SUPER FINISHING
C. POLISHING
D. PICKLING
When measuring a drill for size, measure across
the

A. MARGINS
B. SHANK
C. FLUTE
D. POINT
In threaded members, which of the following
defines N.C.?

A. NEUTRAL CUT
B. NATIONAL CUT
C. NATIONAL COARSE
D. NOT CENTER
The spraying of molten metal onto a product.
Methods include metallizing, metal powder
spraying and plasma flame spraying

A. TIN-PLATING
B. METAL SPRAYING
C. ORGANIC FINISHES
D. LAPPING
Which of the following is the smallest size drill?

A. #80
B. #60
C. #1
D. #0
Abrasion of parts against wheels or belts coated
with polishing compounds

A. SHERADIZING
B. SUPER FINISHING
C. POLISHING
D. PICKLING
MACHINE DESIGN

<LEAKAGE EDITION>
What is normally used in drilling a hole in apiece
of work held in a lathe chuck?

A. COMPOUND REST
B. TAILSTOCK AND DRILL CHUCK
C. CROSS-FEED
D. HEADSTOCK
The work should be held with ____ when using
a drill press

A. THE HAND
B. A VISE OR CLAMP
C. A PAIR OF PLIERS
D. GLOVES ON
Which of the following is the effect if the lathe is
put into back gear?

A. GO BACKWARDS OF THE SAME SPEED

B. FASTER
C. SLOWER
D. AT A SLOWER SPEED BACKWARDS
The process of finishing off a piece of metal with
a real smooth finish

A. DRAW-FILING
B. MILL-FILING
C. SIDE-FILING
D. FLAT-FILING
How do you call a small piece of metal clogged
between the teeth on a file?

A. CLOGS
B. PINS
C. FLATS
D. BUMPS
What is used for finishing a piece of work to size
with a file?

A. DOUBLE-CUT FINE-TOOTH FILE

B. MILL FILE
C. SINGLE-CUT FINE-TOOTH FILE
D. CROSSING FILE
What is the approximate distance of the
marking on a micrometer barrel?

A. 0.025” APART
B. 0.0025” APART
C. 0.250” APART
D. 2.50” APART
Which of the following is described as the “safe
edge’’ of the file?

A. THE END OPPOSITE THE HANDLE

B. THE EDGE WITH NO TEETH
C. THE ONE WITH THE HANDLE
D. NONE OF THE ABOVE
How is “eleven – sixteenths” of an inch
expressed in decimal?

A. 0.6785
B. 0.6875
C. 0.7685
D. 0.6578
The best procedure when filing a piece of metal
in a lathe is to take

A. SHORT EVEN STROKES

B. LONG FAST STROKES
C. LONG SLOW STROKES
D. SHORT FAST STROKES
Which of the following is the best file to be used
when finishing sharp corners or slots and
grooves?

A. MILL FILE
B. KNIFE FILE
C. SQUARE
D. JEWELER’S FILE
How is the hacksaw blade should be placed in
the frame?

A. TEETH POINTING FORWARD

B. TEETH POINTING BACKWARD
C. ONE END LOOSER THAN THE OTHER END
D. TEETH FACING IN ANY DIRECTION
A hacksaw blade with 34 teeth per inch should
be used for cutting which of the following
materials?

A. BRASS
B. HEAVY STOCK
C. CAST IRON
D. THIN WALL TUBING
Which of the following is the best instrument for
measuring thousandths of an inch?

A. CALIPER
B. MICROMETER
C. TACHOMETER
D. PYROMETER
Which of the following is a “must” for all hard
hacksaw blades?

A. IT HAS A HARD BACK AND FLEXIBLE TEETH

B. IT HAS A FLEXIBLE BACK AND HARD TEETH
C. IT HAS THE ENTIRE BLADE HARDENED
D. IT WILL ONLY FIT A SOLID FRAME HACKSAW
[Link] either straight or tapered.
(drive fit)

a. Pin key
b. Saddle key
c. Gib- head
d. None of these
[Link] of square key with bottom
two corners bevelled
a. Flat key
b. Feather key
c. Barth key
d. Woodruff key
3. Top surface joining two sides of
thread in screw
a. Pitch
b. Top flank
c. Top land
d. Crest
4. Hand tool used to measure tension
in bolts.
a. Shaver
b. Tachometer
c. Tensor
d. Torque wrench
5. Tap not used for cutting threads in
holes
a. Tapping tap
b. Plug tap
c. Taper tap
d. Bottoming tap
6. When two touching surfaces have a
high contact pressure and when these
surfaces have minute relative motion
phenomenon called
a. Carving
b. Friction
c. Fretting
d. Prestressing
7. The higher the melting point of the
solder, the
a. Harder the solder joint
b. Softer the solder joint
c. Stronger the solder joint
d. Weaker the solder joint
8. Special solders used for aluminium
usually require
a. Less heat
b. More heat
c. Same heat as copper wire
d. Same heat as sheet metal
9. Soft solder is made of

a. Copper and zinc

b. Tin and copper
c. Tin and lead
d. Tin and zinc
10. Alternative for soldered paste flux

a. Hydrochloric acid
b. Muriatic acid
c. Nitric acid
d. Sulfuric acid
11. Commonly used flux for brazing is

a. Zinc and copper

b. Zinc and lead
c. Zinc and tin
d. Zinc chloride
12. Hardness of helical and
herringbone teeth cut after heat
treatment will generally fall between
the limits of
a. 147 and 300 Brinell
b. 210 and 300 Brinell
c. 230 and 320 Brinell
d. 220 and 320 Brinell
13. Cone formed by the elements of
top land
a. Dial face
b. Face cone
c. Pitch face
d. Root face
14. Not kind of mandrel

a. Contraction
b. Expanded
c. Extended
d. Taper
[Link] carriage part that bridge
across the bed to carry the cross slide
and tool rest
a. Apron
b. Automatic feed
c. Compound rest
d. Saddle
16. Act of cutting out a piece of metal
at a desired shape and size.
a. Blanking
b. Broaching
c. Dinking
d. Slitting
17. Safety measure/ features that must
be placed and maintained at machine,
black smith welding and foundry shops
called

a. Safety googles
b. Safety notices
c. Safety notices in markers/ boards
d. Walkaway shops
18. Cutting end can also be generally
called
[Link] rake
b. End cutting edge
c. Nose
d. Side rake
19. Machine shop equipment that can
flatter horizontally, vertically or
angular plane called;

a. Drill machine
b. Power saw
c. Shaper machine
d. Welding machine
20. Unsafe condition in operating a
lathe machine

a. Operating with safety gloves

b. Wearing a canvass apron
c. Wearing denim parts
d. Wearing safety goggles
21. Does not belong to the group of
tools:
a. Divider
b. Double Vee block
c. Hermaphrodite calliper
d. Trammel
[Link] shop had forging
operation of lengthening a piece of
stock while reducing the cross-
sectional area of work.

a. Bloating
b. Draining
c. Spreading
d. upsetting
23. Service not considered to be a
work of machinist
a. Grinding
b. Honing
c. Overhauling
d. Reboring
24. Type of chuck where in workpiece
could be attached fast and quick
especially small size work of mass
production.
a. Clamp toe dog
b. Collet attachment
c. Lathe drive plate
d. Steady center rest
25. Common defects encountered in
the foundry shop steel casting
operation and also in welding
practices.
a. Blow/pin holes
b. Cold shot
c. Cracks
d. Parting line
26. Best instrument measuring
thousand of inch.
a. Calliper
b. Micrometer
c. Pyrometer
d. Tachometer
27. Machine tool used for laying
straight lines on metal surfaces made
of sharp tool steel is called
a. Divider
b. hermaphrodite calliper
c. plain scriber
d. trammel
28. Lathe with multiple cutting stations

a. engine lathe
b. manual lathe
c. semi-manual lathe
d. turret lathe
29. Usually does the indexing in a
machine tool
a. dividing head
b. indexing
c. slotter
d. universal chuck
30. Machinery operation whereby
done with the work accuracy fastened
has a reciprocating motion and the
tool head is stationary is called
a. planning
b. reaming
c. shaping
d. turning
31. Sometimes referred to as upsetting
test called
[Link]
b. crush
c. flange
d. flaring
32. Used for testing of very thin steel
or layers
a. charpy test
b. description test
c. izod test
d. Rockwell test
33. Kind of center which is being
attached and meshed to the tailstock
spindle also static while the work is
rotating is known as:
a. dead center
b. focal center
c. live center
d. work center
34. A machine tool used to a variety of
surfaces by using a circular type cutter
with multiple teeth called
a. broaching machine
b. grinding
c. lathe machine
d. milling machine
35. A cutting tool used to finish
internal and external surfaces by the
use of a cutter called broach, which
has a series of cutting edges of teeth.
a. broaching machine
b. lathe machine
c. planer
d. shaper
36. The method of cold working by
compression.
a. broaching
b. Lapping
c. piercing
d. reaming
37. A tool which when pressed into a
finished hole in a piece of work,
provides centers on which the piece
may be turned or otherwise machined
called
a. butt
b. mash
c. mandrel
d. wobble
38. The operation of making a cone
shape enlargement of the end of a
hole, as for a recess for a flat head
screw.

a. countersinking
b. knurling
c. performing
d. squaring
39. It is an operation of sizing and
finishing a hole by means of a cutting
tool having several cutting edges.

a. notching
b. piercing
c. reaming
d. turning
40. A machine tool used to out metal
parts a lift, medium and large section
using a reciprocating hacksaw blade.
a. planer
b. power saw
c. shaper
d. Tool grinder
41.A cold chisel is made of

a. cast iron
b. German silver
c. high carbon steel
d. high speed steel
42. Foundry crucible is made of

a. german silver
b. graphite
c. lead
d. mild steel
43. A machine tool used to out metal
parts a lift, medium and large section
using a reciprocating hacksaw blade.
a. planer
b. power saw
c. shaper
d. Tool grinder
44. Trimming is a process associated
with
a. electroplating
b. forging
c. machining of metals
d. press work
45. A twist drill is specified by

a. its diameter and lip angle

b. its shank and diameter
c. shank, material and diameter
d. shank, material and flute size
46. The usual value of helix angle of a
drill is
a. 30 degree
b. 60 degree
c. 110 degree
d. 120 degree
47. The helix angle on a high speed
steel twist drill for drilling cast iron is
of the order of

a. 12-22 degree
b. 24-32 degree
c. 35-40 degree
d.40-45 degree
48. Wiping is the process
a. applying flux during welding process
b. cleaning the welded surface after
the welding operation is over
c. connecting load pipes by soldering
alloy
d. low temperature welding
49. Dilatometer is used to find out
which property of molding sand?
a. fineness
b. hot strength
c. Moisture content
d. permeability
50. What is refered to as a gate?

a. A passage that finally leads molten metal

from the runner into the mold cavity.
b. A passage through which metal is poured into
the mould.
c. A passage through which metal rises when the
mould is filled.
d. a vent hole to allow for the hot gases to
escape.
51. Which of the following is the
cutting speed of brass?

a. 30m/min
b. 40m/min
c. 50m/min
d.80m/min
52. Quick return motion is used in a

a. drilling machine
b. grinder
c. lathe
d. shaper
53. Mandrel are used to hold

a. cutting tools
b. drill bits
c. face plate
d. hollow work pieces
54. In up cut milling the workpiece is
fed
a. against the rotating cutter
b. at an angle of 60 degree to the
cutter
c. at right angle to the cutter
d. in the direction of the cutter
55. Rapping allowance is provided on a
patter to take care
a. distortion
b. easy withdrawal
c. machining
d. shrinkage
56. Upsetting in the term used in one
of the following operations.
a. casting
b. drilling
c. forging
d. turning
57. Feeler gages are used for
measuring the
a. clearances between mating
parts
b. pitch of screw threads
c. radius of curve
d. thickness of plates
58. Chuck used on turret lathe is

a. collect chuck
b. four jaw self centering chuck
c. magnetic chuck
d. three jaw independent chuck
59. Angle plane is used for

a. cutting gears in a shaper

b. cutting gears in a milling
c. cutting gears in a lathe
d. fixing job cut angles is a
grinder
60. In a typical lathe machining,
discontinuous chips of ______ are
formed when machining

a. carbon steel
b. copper alloy
c. copper
d. steel at high speeds
61. Permeability, in relation to molding
sands, is high for
a. coarse grains
b. fine grains
c. medium grains
d. round grains
62. For machining the flange of a 90
elbow on a lathe, which of the
following holding device is used?

a. angle plate
b. catch plate
c. face plate
d. lathe plate
63. A sine bar cannot be used without
a/an
a. angle gage
b. micrometer
c. slip gage
d. vernier calliper
64. The operation of finishing a drilled
hole to the correct size is known as

a. counter boring
b. counter sinking
c. reaming
d. spot facing
65. When the extreme outer corners
of the cutting edges of a drill wear
away too rapidly, it is an indication of

a. not enough speed

b. too much rake angle
[Link] high a speed
d. B or C
66. Carbon Steel should be operated at

a. speed less than that when using a high speed

drill
b. speed greater than that when using a high
speed drill
c. the different speed as that when using high
speed drill
d. the same speed as that when using a high
speed drill
67. When cutting material in a lathe,
the harder the material being cut, the
tool bit should have

a. less side rake

b. more side rake
c. more top rake
d. no side rake
68. When turning a piece of round
metal in a lathe, the front clearance
should be smaller for

a. cutting angles
b. large diameter cutting
c. small diameter cutting
d. none of the above
69. After grinding a tool bit, the cutting
edge should be

a. case hardened
b. rubbed with emery cloth
c. rubbed with crocus clothe
d. stoned with an oil stone
70. When cutting material in a lathe,
the softer being the material, the tool
bit should have

a. any of these
b. double top rake
c. less top rake
d. more top rake
71. A piece of cast iron held against an
emery wheel will give off

a. bright shiny spark

b. dull yellow spark
c. no spark
d. red spark
72. The alignment of coupling faces
can be checked by
a. inserting a feeler gage between the
coupling faces at various points
around the circumference
b. inserting a thermometer
c. rotating and measuring to nearest
permanent fitting
d. using an inside micrometer
73. A drill bit has

a. 1 flute
b. 2 flutes
c. 3 flutes
d. 4 flutes
74. Before applying layout blue on a
piece of metal, it must be

a. cleaned
b. cold
c. heated
d. roughened
75. A scriber is made from

a. carbon steel
b. cold-rolled steel
c. hot-rolled steel
d. tool steel
76. Copper is annealed by hunting to a
cherry red color and
a. cooling slowly in air
b. dousing in cold water
c. dousing in hot water
d. dousing in hot oil
77. When drilling a hole in a piece of
work held in a lathe chuck one would
use the

a. compound rest
b. crossed-feed
c. head stock
d. tailstock and drill chuck
78. When using a drill press, the work
should be held with

a. a pair of pliers
b. a vise or clamp
c. ganda
d. the hand
79. When a lathe is put into back gear,
it will go

a. at a slower speed backwards

b. at the same speed backwards
c. faster
d. slower
80. On a lathe the dead center is used
after
a. boring
b. center drilling
c. drilling
d. reaming
81. To remove metal stock rapidly a
file, use a
a. double-cut bastard
b. double-cut coarse
c. rasp
d. a and c
82. The best file to use when finishing
sharp corners or slots and groove is
the

a. jeweller’s file
b. knife file
c. mill file
d. square file
83. Never use a file

a. that is dirty
b. with a tang
c. without a handle
d. without oiling
84. Which of the following information
is necessary when ordering a file?

a. size
b. shape
c. type of teeth
d. all of the above
85. The best procedure when filling a
piece of metal in a lathe is to take
a. long fast strokes
b. long slow strokes
c. short even strokes
d. short fast strokes
86. The safe edge of a file

a. the edge with no teeth

b. the end opposite the handle
c. the one with the handle
d. the one without handle
87. Small pieces of metal clogged
between the teeth on a file are called
a. bumps
b. clogs
c. flats
d. pins
88. Finishing off a piece of metal with
a real smooth finish can be done
a. draw-filing
b. flat-filing
c. milling-filing
d. side-filing
89. For finishing a piece of work to size
with a file use a
a. crossing file
b. double-cut fine-tooth file
c. mill file
d. single-cut fine-tooth file
90. When cutting the long piece of thin
metal
a. set the blade in the frame with the teeth
facing toward you
b. turn the blade at right angle to the
frame
c. turn the blade upside down in the frame
d. use a blade with fewer teeth per inch
91. The hacksaw blade should be
placed in the frame with
a. one end looser than the other
end
b. the teeth facing any direction
c. the teeth pointing backward
d. the teeth pointing forward
92. A hacksaw blade with 34 teeth per
inch should be used
a. brass
b. cast iron
c. heavy
d. thin wall tubing
93. When facing off a piece of
material in the lathe chuck the tool bit
must be set

a. above center
b. at the center
c. below the center
d. off center
94. It is a condition in generated gear
teeth when any part of the fillet curve
lies inside of a line drawn tangent to
the working profile as its lowest point.

a. Medium cut
b. Under cut
C . Over cut
d. Crosss cut
95. A line drawn through all the points
at which teeth touch each other.
a. Angle of contact
b. Arc of contact
c. Path of contact
d. Arc of contact
96. The angle between the tooth
profile and the radial line at its pitch
point
a. Roll angle
b. Pitch angle
c. Helix angle
d. Pressure angle
97. The actual difference in size of a
mating gear
a . Interference
b. Tolerance
c. Allowance
d. Clearance
98. The apex of the pitch cone

a. Cone vertex
b. Cone distance
c. Cone radius
d. Cone center
99. It is a zero allowance fit and is the
closest fit that can be assembled by
hand.

a. Snug fit
b. Wringing fit
c. Tight fit
d. Shrink fit
100. Imaginary formed by the
intersection of the flanks of a thread
when extended is called

a. Sharp crest
b. Sharp root
c. Root apex
d. All of these
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS
PART 1

ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
1. Device used to measure accurately speed;
A. Speedometer
B. Dial indicator
C. Tachometer
D. Dial Gauge

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

2
MEMBERS
2. When the hole is smaller than the shaft, it will
take pressure to put the parts together. The
allowance is said to be negative and is termed:
A. Negative tolerance
B. Negative allowance
C. Negative fits
D. Interference of metal
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
3
MEMBERS
3. When two elastic bodies collide, which of the following
laws can be used to solve for the resulting velocity?

A. Dalton's law

B. Avogadro

C. Conservation of energy

D. Conservation of momentum and Conservation of energy

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
4
MEMBERS
4. The ability of a metal to be deformed considerably
without rupture is called:

A. Plasticity

B. All of these

C. Ductility

D. Malleability

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
5
MEMBERS
5. Permanent defromation or strain may occur without
fracture:

A. Malleability

B. Elasticity

C. Ductility

D. Plasticity

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
6
MEMBERS
6. It is a science of motion that can be solved in terms of
scalar or vector algebra:

A. Kinematics

B. Curvilinear translation

C. Projectiles

D. Acceleration

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
7
MEMBERS
7. A system of forces in space is in equilibrium, If two
equal and opposite collinear forces are added, which of
the following if any is true?

A. Equilibrium is destroyed

B. Equilibrium is maintained

C. None of this is true

D. An unbalanced of moment exist

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
8
MEMBERS
8. Metal that assists lubrication or lubricant in itself:

A. Zinc

B. Antimony

C. Babbitt

D. Lead

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

9
MEMBERS
9. A mechanism which usually do the indexing in a
machine tool:

A. Universal chuck

B. Slotter

C. Dividing head

D. Indexing

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
10
MEMBERS
10. It equalizes the energy exerted and the work done
thus preventing excessive or sudden changes of speed:

A. Flywheel

B. Balance of wheel

C. All of these

D. Flywheel pulley

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
11
MEMBERS
11. The smallest are at the point of rupture of a tensile
specimen divided by the original area is called:

A. Percentage elongation

B. Izod test

C. Charpy test

D. Percentage reduction of area

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
12
MEMBERS
12. The product of the resultant of all forces acting on a
body and the time that the resultant acts:

A. Angular impulse

B. Angular momentum

C. Linear impulse

D. Linear momentum

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
13
MEMBERS
13. Which of the following is not a structural class of
steel?

A. Low carbon steel

B. Tool and die steel

C. High chrome alloy steel

D. High strength low alloy steel

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
14
MEMBERS
14. Poison's ratio is the ratio of:

A. Shear strain to compressive strain

B. Elastic limit to comprssive strain

C. Lateral strain to longitudinal strain

D. Endurance limit

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
25
MEMBERS
25. One of the causes of spur gear tooth breakage is the
unbalanced load on one end of the tooth that results in
higher stresses than when the load is evenly distributed. To
minimize this problem, the face width "b" should not be
greater than the thickness (or pitch) of the tooth. In the
absence of the test values, the following can be a guide:

A. 2.5 Pc < b < 4 Pc

B. 2.0 Pd < b < 4 Pd

C. 2.5 Pd < b < 4 Pd

D. 2.0 Pc < b < 4 Pc

The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
26
MEMBERS
26. The three moment of equation may be used to
analyze:

A. Tapered column

B. Continuous beam

C. Composite beam

D. Axially end loaded beam

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
27
MEMBERS
27. What is the common shop practice to prevent solder
from running away from surface to be joined?

A. All of these

B. Surround the work with clay

C. Introduce around the work rolled wet cloth

D. Put asbestos sheeting around the work

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
28
MEMBERS
28. Non-ferrous filler metal is melted into grooves or as
fillet on the mother metal; the base metal is nont melted.
This is commonly used for joining iron based machine
parts or in repair works of some materials. It is called:

A. Spot welding

B. Braze welding

C. Brazing

D. Gas welding
The answer is: B
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
29
MEMBERS
29. It is advised that in rubber belts application/mounting,
it should have an initial tension of inch/ply.

A. 18 to 24

B. 15 to 20

C. 12 to 15

D. 10

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
30
MEMBERS
30. Normal stress relieving temperature for cas steel:

A. 200 to 350 F

B. 400 to 500 F

C. 300 to 400 F

D. 450 to 550 F

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
31
MEMBERS
31. Most effective alloying element for reducing
brittleness of steel at very low temperature:

A. Manganese

B. Molybdenum

C. Silicon

D. Nickel

• The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
32
MEMBERS
32. Statement that a given body is in static equilibrium
means that the body cannot:

A. Have any type of motion

B. Be acted upon by more that one force

C. Undergo any displacement

D. Have any acceleration

• The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
33
MEMBERS
33. Ordinary steel begins to lose strength and elasticity
significantly at about ______ F.

A. 900 - 1000 F

B. 800 - 900 F

C. 750 - 850 F

D. 600 - 700 F

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
34
MEMBERS
34. Clearance to a new boiler installation to the existing
or old plant building should follow a minimum clearance
of _____ between top of the boiler proper and the ceiling
as stated in the PSME Code.

A. 2000 mm (max)

B. 1000 mm (max)

C. 2130 mm (max)

D. 2150 mm (max)
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
35
MEMBERS
35. For a high corrosion resistant stainless steel, what
minimum chromium content is required?

A. 8%

B. 4.3%

C. 1.1%

D. 5.8%

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
36
MEMBERS
36. Name the type of chuck commonly used for holding
workpiece in a lathe operation? Example. 3 - jaw
universal chuck, 4 - jaw independent chuck.

A. Magnetic chuck

B. 2 - jaw independent chuck

C. 8 - jaw universal

D. Combination

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
37
MEMBERS
37. V-belts operate efficiently at speed of about (fpm):

A. 4500

B. 4400

C. 4200

D. 3600

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
38
MEMBERS
38. What type of gear is used for high speed operation?

A. Helical

B. Spur

C. Bevel

D. Worm

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
39
MEMBERS
39. In a pair of gears, _____ is the plane perpendicular to
the axial plane that tangent to the pitch surface.

A. Pitch

B. Pitch plane

C. Pitch circle

D. Pitch point

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
40
MEMBERS
40. The phenomenon of continuous stretching under
load even if the stress is less than the yield point:

A. Elasticity

B. Ductility

C. Plasticity

D. Creep

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
41
MEMBERS
41. A machinery operation whereby done with the work
accurately fastened has a reciprocating (forward and
backward) motion and the tool head is stationary.

A. Shaping

B. Planing

C. Turning

D. Reaming

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
42
MEMBERS
42. The following pertain to joining of metals except:

A. Welding

B. Soldering

C. Casting

D. Brazing

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
43
MEMBERS
43. Killed steel is always associated with:

A. Silicon

B. Manganese

C. Phosphorous

D. Sulfur

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
44
MEMBERS
44. The usual ratio pf water to soluble oil used as cutting
fluid:

A. 50% of water to 50% of oil

B. 2 water to 1 oil

C. 3 water to 1 oil

D. 4 to 80 water to 1 oil

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
45
MEMBERS
45. The good deoxidizer in steel melting:

A. Manganese

B. Silicon

C. All of these

D. Aluminum

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
46
MEMBERS
46. Good stabilizer in stainless steel

A. Columbium

B. Titanium

C. All of these

D. Tantalum

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
47
MEMBERS
47. What is the common cutting fluids used for cutting
metals?

A. All of these

B. Water with soda or borax

C. Light mineral oil

D. Soluble oil

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
48
MEMBERS
48. It is considered semi-solod lubricant:

A. All of these

B. Lube oil

C. Graphite

D. Grease

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
49
MEMBERS
49. Metals are conductive because:

A. The electrons are loosely bound to the nuclei and

therefore mobile

B. Having a characteristics mettalic luster

C. They are on the left side for the periodic table

D. They have extra electrons as exhibited by normally

D. 0.44
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
58
MEMBERS
58. Tooth width measured along the chord at the pitch
circle:

A. Flank

B. Face width

C. Width of space

D. Chordal thickness

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
59
MEMBERS
59. The best instrument for measuring a thousand of an
inch:

A. Micrometer

B. Tachometer

C. Caliper

D. Pyrometer

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
60
MEMBERS
60. All are associated with standard material specification
except:

A. American Iron and Steel Institute

B. Society of Automotive Engineers

C. Southeast Asia Iron and Steel Institute

D. American Society for Testing Materials

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
61
MEMBERS
61. Machine tool used for laying straight lines on metal
surfaces made of sharp tool steel is called:

A. Plain scriber

B. A trammel

C. Hermaphrodite

D. Divider

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
62
MEMBERS
62. It is the difference of addendum and dedendum whick
is equivalent to the whole depth less working depth.

A. Fillet space

B. Fillet radius

C. Clearance

D. Backlash

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
63
MEMBERS
63. A lathe machine threading mechanism:

A. Reverse gear and lever

B. Spindle gear

C. All of these

D. Change stud gear

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
64
MEMBERS
64. Separate forces which can be so combined are
called:

A. Non-concurrent forces

B. Couple

C. Combined forces

D. Component forces

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
65
MEMBERS
65. That property of matter which causes it to resist any
change in its motion or state of rest:

A. Brake

B. Friction

C. Inertia

D. Impulse

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
66
MEMBERS
66. Negative allowance is also called:

A. Interference of metal

B. Fit

C. Tolerance

D. Allowance

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
67
MEMBERS
67. Which o the following is not used to resemble the
shape of tool bit?

A. Round nose

B. Center cut

C. Square nose

D. Thread cutting

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
68
MEMBERS
68. A kind of thread in which the width of the thraed is
approximately equal to the depth to hte thread and the
space between threads are approximately equal.

A. Square thread

B. Acme thread

C. Buttress thread

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
79
MEMBERS
79. Also called eccentrically loaded bearing is ______.

A. Full bearings

B. Offset bearings

C. Partial bearing

D. Fitted bearings

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
80
MEMBERS
80. In the section of wire rope, regular lay means wires
and strands are arranged in the following manner.

A. Twisted in the same direction

B. Twisted in any direction

C. Twisted in opposite direction

D. Twisted in along direction

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
81
MEMBERS
81. In involute teeth, the pressure angle is often defined
as the angle between the line of action and the line of
tangent to the pitch circle. It is also termed as:

A. Helix angle

B. Angle of recess

C. Angle of obliquity

D. Arc of action

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
82
MEMBERS
82. Height of tooth above the pitch circle or the top radial
distance between pitch circle and top land of the tooth.

A. Top root

B. Addendum

C. Land

D. Hunting tooth

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
83
MEMBERS
83. The function of clucth in the machine is:

A. Lowering of drive speed

B. Alignment of drive shaft

C. To disconnect or connect the drive at will

D. To insure that two shafts line up at high speed

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
84
MEMBERS
[Link] is normally recommended and normal for a designer to
add a hunting tooth to evenly distribute the wear on meshing
teeth like a 53 teeth gears with 30 teethe pinion. Find the
rotation of pinion to mesh with same pair of teeth again.

A. 120

B. 81

C. 61

D. 53

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
85
MEMBERS
85. The angle made by the helix of the thread (in a
straight thread) at the pinch diameter with a plane
perpendicular to the axis is called:

A. Lead angle

B. Truncation

C. Lead

D. Angle of thread

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
86
MEMBERS
86. The rule of thumb in journal bearing design; the
clearance ratio/clearance should be:

A. 0.0090

B. 0.0042

C. 0.0010

D. 0.00120

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
87
MEMBERS
87. The moment of inertia of a rectangle whose base is
"b" and height "h" about its base is:

A. bh^3/4

B. bh^3/12

C. bh^3/24

D. bh^3/3

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
88
MEMBERS
88. Cold rolled shafting is not available in diameter larger
than _____.

A. 6 inches

B. 5 inches

C. 6 1/2 inches

D. 5 1/2 inches

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
89
MEMBERS
89. The cas iron flywheels designed with a factor of
safety of _____.

A. 14 to 15

B. 10 to 13

C. 8 to 9

D. 6 to 12

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
90
MEMBERS
90. A pair of equal and opposite (not collinear) forces that
tend to cause a rotation of a body.

A. Couple

B. Centroid

C. Equilibrium

D. Vector

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
91
MEMBERS
91. The ratio of the pitch diameter in inches to the
number of teeth.

A. Pitch circle

B. English module

C. Module

D. Pitch diameter

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
92
MEMBERS
92. When the motion is diminished/decreasing instead of
increasing is called:

A. Deceleration

B. Uniform negative impulse

C. Retarded motion

D. All of these

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
93
MEMBERS
93. ______ is a unit of energy?

A. Ft-lb

B. Hp

C. Btu/hr

D. Watt

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
94
MEMBERS
94. When high strength and durability are a erquirements
for choosing gear materials it is preferable to use ______
material.

A. Hardened bronze

B. Steel

C. Phenolic laminated

D. White iron

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
95
MEMBERS
95. _______ forces when action are parallel.

A. Couple

B. Non collinear

C. Resultant

D. Non concurrent

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
96
MEMBERS
96. The product of the mass and the velocity of the
center of graity of the body is called:

A. Linear momentum

B. Angular impulse

C. Linear impulse

D. Angular momentum

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
97
MEMBERS
97. The distance between similar, equally spaced tooth
surfaces in a given direction and along a given line.

A. Pitch circle

B. Pitch plane

C. Pitch

D. Pitch diameter

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
98
MEMBERS
98. Could be defines as simply push or pull.

A. Power

B. Inertia

C. Work

D. Force

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
99
MEMBERS
99. Opposite directional forces equal in magnitude and
parallel is called ______.

A. Non coplanar

B. Centro

C. Couple

D. Coplanar

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
100
MEMBERS
100. Quanities such as time, volume and density are
completely specified when their magnitude is known is
also called _______.

A. Couple

B. Resultants

C. Components

D. Scalar

he answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
101
MEMBERS
101. Designes 200 kw plant must be at least

A. PME

B. CPM

C. ME and PME

D. none of these

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
102
MEMBERS
102. When high strength and durability are a
erquirements for choosing gear materials it is preferable
to use ______ material.

A. Hardened bronze

B. Steel

C. Phenolic laminated

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
106
MEMBERS
106.A coupling that allows axial flexibility movement in
the operation. Made of alternate bolting of steel, leather,
fabric, and/ or plastic material into two flanges.

A. Flexible disk coupling

B. Flexible toroidal spring coupling

C. Flexible Oldham coupling

D. Elastic material bonded coupling

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
107
MEMBERS
107. It consists of two cranks, a stationary piece called
the line of centers the connecting rod is a:

A. Five-bar linkage

B. Four crank braces

C. Three crank linkage

D. Four bar linkage

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
108
MEMBERS
108. Used to change rotary motion to reciprocating
motion ______.

A. Rack gears

B. Hypoid gears

C. Helical gears

D. Herringbone gears

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
109
MEMBERS
109. The effective width of a helical gear divided by gear
axial pitch.

A. Approach ratio

B. Arc of action

C. Arc of recess

D. Face overlap

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
110
MEMBERS
110. Pitch diameter less the diameter of the roller chain is
equal to:

A. Top land

B. Bottom diameter

C. Addendum

D. Inside diameter

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
111
MEMBERS
111. Generally applied on speed reducer due to large
speed ratio.

A. Bevel gears

B. Helical gears

C. Worm gears

D. Hypoid gears

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
112
MEMBERS
112. If the shaft size is specified as diameter 2.00" max
and 1.99" min in diameter the the 0.010" could be defined
as _____.

A. Allowance

B. Fit

C. Variance

D. Tolerance
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
113
MEMBERS
113. A material plane was subjected to a load. When the
load was removed, the strain disappeared. From the
structural change, which of the following can be
considered about this material?

A. It has high modulus of elasticity

B. It does not follow Hooke's law

C. It is plastic

D. It is elastic
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
114
MEMBERS
114. Helix angle in the range of ____ degrees is
recommended for wide-face helical gears.

A. Less than 15

B. Less than 20

C. 20 to 35

D. 20 to 22

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
115
MEMBERS
115. Difference between maximum material limits of
mating parts. Or it is a minimum clearance or maximum
interference between parts.

A. Tolerance

B. Fits

C. Variance

D. Allowance

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
116
MEMBERS
116. The concave portion of the tooth profile where it
joins the bottom of the tooth.

A. Root circle

B. Fillet radius

C. Fillet curves

D. Fillet

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
117
MEMBERS
117. The changes in shape or geometry of the body due
to action of a force on it is called defromation or ______.

A. Shear stress

B. Stresses

C. Compressive stress

D. Strains

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
118
MEMBERS
118. For an evenly and unifrom wear on each meshing
gear tooth, the ideal design practice is to consider a
______.

A. Wear resistance alloy addition to tooth gears

B. Heat treatment of the gears

C. Hardening of each tooth

D. Hunting tooth addition

The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
119
MEMBERS
119. The reciprocal of a diameter pitch of the ratio of the
pitch diameter to the no. of teetg.

A. Lead

B. Module

C. Involute

D. Clearance

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
120
MEMBERS
120. Ability to resist deformation under stress.

A. Plasticity

B. All of these

C. Stiffness

D. Toughness

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
121
MEMBERS
121. Flat leather belting not recommended for used in a
speed in excess of _____ fpm.

A. 3600

B. 4800

C. 6000

D. All of these

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
122
MEMBERS
[Link] angle included between the sides of the thread
measured in an axial plane on a screw thread.

A. Angie of thread

B. Angle between thread of 40 degree

C. Helix angle thread

D. Half angle thread or 20 degree

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
123
MEMBERS
123. An elastic body whose primary functions is to deflect
under load:

A. Clutch

B. Stopper

C. Brake

D. Spring

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
124
MEMBERS
125. Poisson's ratio is the ratio of:

A. Elastic liit to yield strength

B. Lateral deformation to the longitudinal deformation

C. Shear strain to unit strain

D. Elastic limit shear strength

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
125
MEMBERS
126. Manganese steel standard designation, SAE_____.

A. 13XX

B. 10XX

C. 11XX

D. 8XX

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
126
MEMBERS
127. One of these materials is not structural steel?

A. Low carbon steel

B. Tool and die steel

C. Stainless and steel

D. Medium carbon steel

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
127
MEMBERS
128. The ratio of moment of inertia on a ross-section of a
beam to this section modulus is:

A. A measure of distance

B. Equal to the radius of gyration and compression

C. Multiplied by the bending moment of inertia to

determine the yield stress

D. Equal to the area of the cross-section and tension

The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
128
MEMBERS
129. The SAE 2340 shafting contains _______ %

A. 3.85 Ni

B. 4% Ni

C. 3.25 to 3.75 % Ni

D. 3.84% Ni

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
129
MEMBERS
130. Chromium steel standard designation, SAE _____.

A. 92XX

B. 5XXX

C. 3XXX

D. 11XX

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
130
MEMBERS
131. Alloy that imrpoves strength of steel at high
temperature application.

A. Aluminum

B. Manganese

C. Silicon

D. Chromium

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
131
MEMBERS
132. When the air entraintment agent is put into a
concrete mix:

A. The water/cement ratio must be reduced

B. The strength will decrease

C. Minimal defect

D. The strength will suffer up to 50%

The answer is: B
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
132
MEMBERS
133. In general, alloys with high nickel content retains
toughness to quite low temperatures up to ______ F.

A. -380

B. 400

C. -260

D. -320

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
133
MEMBERS
134. The differential of the shear equation is the _____.

A. Deflection of the beam

B. Compressive strength of the beam

C. Tensile strength of the beam

D. Load on the beam

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
134
MEMBERS
135. It is recommended not to have direct drive between
driven and drive sprockets if the ratio of their teeth
exceeds ______. Use 2 or more step combinations.

A. 10 times

B. 8 times

C. 5 times

D. 6 times

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
135
MEMBERS
136. The length of the hub should not be made lesser
than the face width of the gear. Hub lengths usually vary
from 1.25 D to 2D, where D is the shaft diameter. The
reasonable diameter of steel hub should be:

A. 2D

B. 1.8D

C. 1.55D

D. 1.20D
The answer is: B
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
136
MEMBERS
137. When the air entraintment agent is put into a
concrete mix:

A. The water/cement ratio must be reduced

B. The strength will decrease

C. Minimal defect

D. The strength will suffer up to 50%

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
137
MEMBERS
138. The sum of their addendum and dedendum.

A. Whole depth

B. Full depth

C. Width of space

D. Working depth

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
138
MEMBERS
139. It is recommended for high speed application that
the minimum number of teeth in small sprockets should
be ______.

A. 26 to 30

B. 12 to 16

C. 26 to 28

D. 18 to 24

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
139
MEMBERS
140. Stresses that are independent of loads is called
_______.

A. Working stress

B. Residual stresses

C. Simple stress

D. Combined stress

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
140
MEMBERS
141. Material having a high electrical resistance and
should not be used as conductor of electrical current.

A. Nickel

B. Aluminum oxide

C. Silicon base alloys

D. Iron oxide

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
141
MEMBERS
142. The best materials for brake drums is:

A. Aluminum

B. Cast iron

C. Steel material

D. Wrought iron

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
142
MEMBERS
143. The alloy maerials used in the production of metal
working tools.

A. Titianium, phosphorous

B. Tungstne, silicon, hadfield mn.

C. Vanadium, chromium, molybdenum

D. High carbon steel

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
143
MEMBERS
144. Torsional deflection is a significant consideration in
the design of shaft and the limit should be in the range of
______ degree/foot of length.

A. 0.4 to 1

B. 0.1 to 1

C. 0.08 to 1

D. 0.6 to 1

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
144
MEMBERS
145. If the pitch of a screw is 2/9 find the thread per inch.

A. 0.34

B. 4.5

C. 5.4

D. 17

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
145
MEMBERS
146. The property that characterizes a materials ability to
be drawn into a wire:

A. Tensile strength

B. Ductibility

C. Endurance limit

D. Thermal conductivity

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
146
MEMBERS
147. Which of the phases of steel elements has a face-
centered cubic structure?

A. Pyrite

B. Austehite

C. All of these

D. Cerhentile

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
147
MEMBERS
148. Steel spring material is usually hardened to 400 t0
500 BHN and the carbon content is in the range of
______.

A. 0.50 to 0.90%

B. All of these

C. 0.45 to 0.48

D. 0.96 to 0.97

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
148
MEMBERS
149. Principal stresses occur on these plane:

A. Which are subjected to ultimate tension

B. The shearing stress is zero

C. Which are subjected to maximun compression

D. Which are 45 degree apart

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
149
MEMBERS
150. The property of material wherein the content is
continuously distributed through its entire mass.

A. Plasticity

B. Malleability

C. Homogeneity

D. All of these

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
150
MEMBERS
151. The properties of metals to withstand load without
breaking down is:

A. Elasticity

B. Strength

C. Plasticity

D. Strain

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
151
MEMBERS
152. Shafts readily availabe in the market are made in
many ways and wide variety of material composition. It is
likely be cold drawn carbon steel in size smaller than
_______ inches diameter.

A. 3.75

B. 4

C. 5

D. 5 1/2
The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
152
MEMBERS
153. Plain carbon steel standard designation, SAE
_______.

A. 6XXX

B. 13XX

C. 10XX

D. 2XXX

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
153
MEMBERS
154. The rigidity of polymer can be increased by:

A. Furnace melting

B. Normalizing

C. Crystallization

D. Shot peening

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
154
MEMBERS
155. The difference between cast steel and cast iron

A. All of these

B. Cast steel has usually less than 1% C while cast iron has 2% or 3.6%
carbon range

C. Cast iron has lower strength more brittle and has lower ductility
than cast steel

D. Iron is usually the initial product after purifying iron ore then further
processing by removal of more impurities and carbon content to be
able to produce steel grade.

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
155
MEMBERS
156. It is a general practice to use the following allowable
stresses, 4000 psi for main transmitting shaft and 8500
psi for small shaft, short shhafts and countershafts. For
lineshaft carrying pulley it is ______ psi.

A. 7800

B. 7000

C. 6000

D. 6500
The answer is: C
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
156
MEMBERS
157. Drilling machine cannot do:

A. Reaming

B. Spot facing

C. Tapping

D. Broaching

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
157
MEMBERS
158. Material changes in foundry melting operation are
composed of:

A. Limestone, foundry coke and silica sand

B. Iron ore, quartz and charcoal

C. Steel scrap, alloys and charcoal/foundry coke

D. Scrp wood, alloys and limestone

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
158
MEMBERS
159. _______ is a work supporting device which is bolted to
the saddle of the lathe machine. It travels with the cutting
tool. It is a prevention of the springing away of the
workpiece from cutting tools.

A. Rubber-flex collets

B. Tool post

C. Follower rest

D. Carriage stop

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
159
MEMBERS
160. Almost always the soldering materials are a
combination of the following alloys:

A. All of these

B. Lead and tin

C. Tin and antimony

D. Lead and antimony

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
160
MEMBERS
161. The most popular of all soldering materials in use
has composition of:

A. 45/55 % tin and lead

B. 50/50% tin adn lead

C. All of these

D. 60/40% tin and lead

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
161
MEMBERS
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
162
MEMBERS
162. The relative strrength of a butt welding could be
safely assumes as ______% efficiency.

A. 95

B. 98

C. 90

D. 92

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
163
MEMBERS
163. Which of the following raw materials are used in the
foundry moulding operaion?

A. Silica sand, bentonite, flour/paste water

B. Silica sand and paste

C. Silica sand, paste, graphite electrode

D. Silica sand, linseed oil, flour

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
164
MEMBERS
164. The following are parts of a micrometer caliper
except for:

A. Thimble

B. Head screw

C. Spindle

D. Anvil

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
165
MEMBERS
165. To avoid brittleness of weld or the residual stress in
the welding it is normally stress relieved of ______.

A. Normalizing

B. Tempering

C. Flame hardening

D. Annealing

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
166
MEMBERS
166. Steel with certain % carbon maximum can readily be
welded by all process and the resulting strength of the
portion welded is as strong as the base material.

A. 0.15% C max

B. 0.35% C max

C. 0.25% C max

D. 0.30% C max
The answer is: D
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
167
MEMBERS
167. Commonly used steel melter as deoxidizer because
of its easy availability and cheap price.

A. Silicon

B. Aluminum

C. Zinc

D. Manganese

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
168
MEMBERS
168. Curved formed by the path of a point on a straight line
as it rolls along a convex base curve. The base, curve is
usually a circle and generally used as the profile of gear
tooth.

A. Axial plane

B. Involute

C. Arc of recess

D. Arc of action

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
169
MEMBERS
169. Several forces which can be combined is called:

A. Resulatants

B. Compostion of forces

C. Components

D. Collinear forces

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
170
MEMBERS
170. Ideal herringbone gear helix is in the range of
______.

A. 30 to 45

B. 35 to 50

C. 25 to 30

D. 15 to 20

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
171
MEMBERS
171. The distance form a point on a screw thread to a
corresponding point on the next thread measure along
the axis.

A. Flank

B. Lead

C. Crest

D. Pitch

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
172
MEMBERS
172. As reccomended the center to center distance
between sprockets should not be less than ____ times
the bigger sprocket.

A. 2.26

B. 1 3/4

C. 1 1/2

D. 2.59

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
173
MEMBERS
173. Machine shop instrument for checking the flatness
of plane surfaces to 10ths of thousands of a centimeter.

A. Blade type micrometer

B. Dial caliper

C. Planimeter

D. Micrometer

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
174
MEMBERS
174. Tools usually used in wood pattern making in a
foundry shop.

A. Saws and chisels

B. Bnad saw

C. Knives and drills

D. Drill machine

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
175
MEMBERS
175. Recommended design practice for steel lineshafting
to limit the linear deflection to inch/foot of length
(maximum).

A. 0.020

B. 0.010

C. 0.012

D. 0.150

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
176
MEMBERS
176. Big chain sprocket wheels are designed with
spokes/arms are generally elliptical in cross section with
major axis ______ times the minor axis.

A. 2

B. 2 1/2

C. 1 1/2

D. 3
The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
177
MEMBERS
177. Molybdenum steel standard designation, SAE
_________.

A. 88xx

B. 48xx

C. 40xx
D. 46xx

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
178
MEMBERS
178. For acceptable ideal range of tightness which may
result form the application of specific combination of
allowances and tolerances.

A. Allowance limit

B. Tolerance limit

C. Interference

D. Fit

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
179
MEMBERS
179. A radian is equal to ______.

A. 57.020 degree

B. 57.706 degree

C. 57.296 degree

D. 57.190 degree

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
180
MEMBERS
180. Machine shop instrument for checking the flatness
of plane surfaces to 10ths of thousands of a centimeter.

A. Blade type micrometer

B. Dial caliper

C. Planimeter

D. Micrometer

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
181
MEMBERS
181. Big chain sprocket wheels are designed with
spokes/arms are generally elliptical in cross section with
major axis ______ times the minor axis.

A. 2

B. 2 1/2

C. 1 1/2

D. 3
The answer is: A
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
182
MEMBERS
182. The following are parts of a micrometer caliper
except for:

A. Thimble

B. Head screw

C. Spindle

D. Anvil

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
183
MEMBERS
183. The absolute viscosity of the fluid divided by its
density expressed in the same terms of units is also
called _______.

A. Centistokes

B. Kinematics viscosity

C. Petroff's eqquation

D. Light petroleum oil

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
184
MEMBERS
184. It improves red hardness of steel:

A. Silicon

B. Lead

C. Cobalt

D. Manganese

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
185
MEMBERS
185. Its is required that pipes bigger than ______ mm
should not be screwed but flanged.

A. 76.2

B. 63.5

C. 2 1/4 inch

D. 68.5

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
186
MEMBERS
186. Formed by the interaction of the adjacemt flanks of
adjacent threads when extended is called.

A. Crest apex

B. All of these

C. Sharp root

D. Sharp crest

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
187
MEMBERS
187. In designing the spoke or wheel arm of the flywheel,
it is ideal to consider that the cross-sectional area of the
spoke at the rim side should not be less than ______ of
the cross area at the hub side.

A. 80%

B. 2/3

C. 90%

D. 3/8
The answer is: B
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
188
MEMBERS
188. The cutting up to 70 degree is best for drilling
extremely hard metals and for soft materials _____
degrees may be applied.

A. 60

B. 45

C. 40

D. 48

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
189
MEMBERS
189. Single forces whick produces the same effect upon
a mass replacing two or more forces acting together is
called:

A. Vector

B. Resultant

C. Component of forces

D. Resolution
The answer is: B
EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
190
MEMBERS
190. _______ is the process necessary to reduce the
brittleness in alloy steel.

A. Martempering

B. Carburizing

C. Normalizing

D. Tempering

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
191
MEMBERS
191. The welded joints permit placing the added metal
exactly where needed and produce an integral structure
which can develop ______% efficiency on any thickness
section especially for mild steel materials.

A. 95%

B. 85%

C. 100%

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
200
MEMBERS
200. Bearing surface that completely surrounds the
journal is also called _______.

A. Offset bearing

B. Full bearing

C. Centrally loaded bearing

D. Babbitt learning

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
201
MEMBERS
MACHINE DESIGN
PAST BOARD EXAM ELEMENTS
PART 2

ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

1
MEMBERS
201. In greater quantity. this element 15 harmful to
the molten ferrous metal.
A. silicon
B. aluminum
C. oxides
D. sulfur

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

2
MEMBERS
202. __addition imparts resistance to atmospheric
corrosion in steel, etc.
A. Aluminum bronze
B. Manganese
C. Copper
D. Bronze

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

3
MEMBERS
203. Should two equal and opposite collinear
forces is added to the forces already in equilibrium,
which of the following statement is true?
A. Unbalanced of moment is maintained
B. Equilibrium is disturbed
C. Equilibrium is maintained
D. It increases an unbalanced situation
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

4
MEMBERS
204. Iron based alloy containing 9-16%
chromium.
A. Mn Hadfield steel
B. Chrome-alloy steel
C. Stainless steel
D. high chrome steel

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

5
MEMBERS
205. A rule of thumb, the speed limit of flywheel rim
speed should be 6000 fpm for cast iron material
and for cast steel flywheel rim at m eters/min.;
A. 3050
B. 4500
C. 7000
D. 10000
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

6
MEMBERS
206. The distance between rivet centere nearest
each other in adjacent rows is called;
A. Pitch
B. Back Pitch
C. Margin
D. Diagonal Pitch

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

7
MEMBERS
207. The purpose of lubrication is as mentioned,
EXCEPT;
A. to lighten the load
B. prevent corrosion/adhesion
C. prevent adhesion
D. cool the moving elements

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

8
MEMBERS
208. The process of peening the joint portion immediately
after the welding greatly improves the fusion structures,
avoids possible cracking, avoids possible distortion, etc.
Peening is also called process at the same time;
A. Tempering
B. Martempering
C. Normalizing
D. Annealing
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

9
MEMBERS
209. Resultant of two or more con forces is called ;
A. Component forces
B. Resultant
C. Component
D. Collinear forces

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

10
MEMBERS
210. For stable equipment foundation, the total combined engine,
driven equipment and foundation center of gravity must be kept
below the foundations top that usually about_ times the usual
total combined weight of the machine it is supposed to support.;
A. 3 to 4
B. 3 to 7
C. 2 to 4
D. 3 to 5

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

11
MEMBERS
211. All associated with standard materials
specification, EXCEPT:
A. American Iron and Steel Institute
B. Southeast Asia Iron and Steel Institute
C. Society of Automotive Engineers
D. American Society for Testing Materials

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

12
MEMBERS
212. It is ideal for maximum quietness in sprocket
drive operation to choose or more teeth.
A. 24
B. 18
C. 27
D. 21

The answer is:C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

13
MEMBERS
213. Shafting up to 3 inches in diameter is usually
made from cold rolled steel and the common
biggest diameter of cold rolled steel is__
A. 4 1/4 Inches
B. 6 7/8 Inches
C. 6 3/4 Inches
D. 5 Inches
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

14
MEMBERS
214. Designated pipe color used in communication:
A. Silver gray
B. Aluminum gray
C. Bare
D. White

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

15
MEMBERS
215. Not part and in fact should not be used in the
steel melting process
A. Coke
B. Silicone
C. Zinc
D. Aluminum

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

16
MEMBERS
216. It is rigid piece which serves to transmit force
from a piece to another piece or cause/control
motion.
A. Follower
B. Crank
C. Cam Motion
D. Link
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

17
MEMBERS
217. Type of bolt commonly used in construction
that is threaded in bot hreaded in both ends.
A. Stud bolt
B. Acme thread
C. Hex bolt
D. Square threaded bolts

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

18
MEMBERS
218. The normal helix angles in helical gears is
recommended in the range of degrees.
A. less than 18
B. 20 to 35
C. 15 to 25
D. 20 to 30

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

19
MEMBERS
219. The ratio of stress acting on an elastic
substance to the decrease in volume per unit
volume.
A. Bulk modulus
B. Modulus of resilience
C. Elastic limit
D. modulus of elasticity
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

20
MEMBERS
220. Rule of thumb in calculating the equipment
foundation mass should be times the weight of the
machinery it is supposed to support.
A. 3-5
B. 3-6
C. 3-9
D. 2-4
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

21
MEMBERS
221. The welding made along the edges two
parallel plates is called;
A. groove joint
B. fillet joint
C. edge joint
D. corner joint

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

22
MEMBERS
222. Class of material exhibiting decreased
electrical conductivity with increasing temperature.
A. aluminum
B. p-type semiconductors
C. metals
D. n-type semiconductors

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

23
MEMBERS
223. Cast iron flywheels are commonly designed
with a factor of safety of:
A. 10 to 13
B. 10 to 12
C. 10 to 14
D. 8 to 13

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

24
MEMBERS
224. Stress relieving is also for the purpose of
reducing the internal stresses of steel
material/metal.
A. tempering
B. normalizing
C. all of these
D. annealing
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

25
MEMBERS
225. A ridge of uniform section in the form of a
helix cut around the circumference of a cylinder
and advancing along the axis.
A. thread roots
B. helix thread
C. screw threads
D. chamfers
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

26
MEMBERS
226. Martensite (stainless steel) contains 4 to 26%
Cr and a maximum of ___% nickel.
A. 2.5
B. 3.25
C. 3.5
D. 2.0

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

27
MEMBERS
227. The design stress and factor of safety are
related in the following manner:
A. design stress = ultimate stress/factor of safety
B. ultimate stress = factor of safety/design
C. design stress = factor of safety/times stress
concentration factor
D. none of these
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

28
MEMBERS
228. The material that can cut/wear substances
subjected to:
A. carbide
B. abrasive
C. tungsten
D. vanadium

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

29
MEMBERS
229. A resulting factor that replace two or more
forces acting together.
A. vector
B. couple
C. resultant
D. equilibrant

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

30
MEMBERS
230. Peculiar strength of the metal to resist being
crushed.
A. shear strength
B. ultimate strength
C. compressive strength
D. elastic limit

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

31
MEMBERS
231. Which of the following is not a viscoelastic
material?
A. teflon
B. plastic
C. all of these
D. metal

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

32
MEMBERS
232. Alloy steel used in manufacturing bolts, studs,
tubings subjected to torsional stresses.
A. AISI 3141
B. AISI 2330
C. AISI 4830
D. AISI 4310

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

33
MEMBERS
233. Method of finishing/shaping a machine part of
exceptionally high carbon or high chromium steel
parts (or very hard material)
A. using oxygen lancing
B. machining using carbide insert
C. using abrasive grinding
D. machining high speed tool steel
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

34
MEMBERS
234. In a chain In a chain drive design for large speed reduction it
is preferable to use a double reduction or compound type of
transmission instead of single two sprockets transmission. Drives
should be so designed that the angle between two tight chain
strands does not exceed ___degrees.
A. 45
B. 60
C. 55
D. 90
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

35
MEMBERS
235. Steel springs are made of high carbon steel, heat
treated and/or cold work to a high elastic limit to get good
elastic deflection. In general the carbon content is at
A. 0.40% or more
B. 0.65% or more
C. 0.50% or more
D. 0.66% or more

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

36
MEMBERS
236. The surface along the fillet curves or between
the fillets radius of the two adjacent tooth of a gear.
A. bottom land
B. flank
C. fillet
D. top land

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

37
MEMBERS
237. Not adaptable to welding due to low tensile
strength and poor ductility, etc.
A. copper parts
B. cast iron materials
C. aluminum parts
D. bronze parts

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

38
MEMBERS
238. Plus or minus tolerance can also be called as
A. total tolerance
B. unilateral tolerance
C. bilateral tolerance
D. allowance

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

39
MEMBERS
239. The total machinery weight plus the foundation
weight should be well distributed in the corresponding soil
area which is enough to cause a bearing stress within the
safe bearing capacity of the soil with a factor of safety of
A. 4.5
B. 3
C. 4.2
D. 5
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

40
MEMBERS
240. ___ is the plane perpendicular to the axial
plane and to the pitch plane. In gears the parallel
axes, and the plane of rotation coincide.
A. tangent plane
B. straight plane
C. transverse
D. reference
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

41
MEMBERS
241. The conical surface at the starting end o the
thread is called :
A. Pitch cone
B. Chamfer
C. Crest
D. Fiute

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

42
MEMBERS
242. It is a good design practice for steel
lineshafting to consider a limit to the linear
deflection of inch/foot length maximum.
A. 0.050
B. 0.010
C. 0.020
D. 0.060
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

43
MEMBERS
243. The five principal parts of a shaper are, the
table, tool, slide, base, ram and ___
A. column
B. vise
C. drive motor
D. apron

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

44
MEMBERS
244. In designing gears for power transmission
consider an efficiency of as recommended.
A. 96% or more
B. 89% or more
C. 85% or more
D. 98% or more

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

45
MEMBERS
245. Progressive change of position of a body is
called:
A. acceleration
B. momentum
C. motion
D. force

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

46
MEMBERS
246. The ideal thickness of the cutter at the
pitchline for cutting helical gears should be_ of the
normal circular pitch.
A. 3/8
B. 3/4
C. 1/2
D. 5/1
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

47
MEMBERS
247. In drilling soft materials use cutting angle as
low as 40 degrees but for extremely hard material
up to ___ degrees is recommended.
A. 80
B. 55
C. 75
D. 70
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

48
MEMBERS
248. The surface of the gear between the fillets of
adjacent teeth is called
A. bottom land
B. flank
C. topland
D. flank of tooth

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

49
MEMBERS
249. An act of cutting out a piece of a desired
shape and size:
A. broaching
B. blanking out a piece of metal
C. slitting
D. dinking

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

50
MEMBERS
250. A research agency handling assistance to all
foundry, machine shop and metallurgical plant
operation.
A. MIRDC
B. All of these
C. DOST
D. BOI
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

51
MEMBERS
251. The soldering material commonly applied for
automobile radiator cores and roofing seams.
A. 15/85% tin and lead
B. 50/50% tin and lead
C. 45/55% tin and lead
D. 20/80% tin and lead

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

52
MEMBERS
252. A carbon content in the range of steel readily
responds to heat treatment.
A. 0.35 to 0.40%C
B. 0.28 to 0.30%C
C. 0.18 to 0.25%C
D. 0.12 to 0.15%C

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

53
MEMBERS
253. Web is part of a drill and is usually thicker:
A. beside the land
B. nearing the shank
C. close to the flute
D. at the tip portion

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

54
MEMBERS
254. It is a symbol that the work surface should be
machined-finished and usually indicated in the drawing
and placed on the line that represents the surface to be
machined.
A. f
B. 15
C. 20
D. F.A.Q
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

72
MEMBERS
273. As a rule of thumb the depth of foundation
could be about 3.2 to - times the engine stroke.
A. 4.20
B. 4.0
C. 3.40
D. 3.80

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

73
MEMBERS
274. The application the corrosion circuit reaction
to counter the corrosion reaction is called:
A. cathodic protection
B. sacrificial anodes method
C. chemical corrosion process
D. galvanic action

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

74
MEMBERS
275. A major component of cast steel
A. silicon
B. iron
C. manganese
D. chromium

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

75
MEMBERS
276. Normally cast iron contains 2% carbon or
more and silicon in the range of ____ %.
A. 1-3
B. 2 to 4
C. 2-3
D. 1 to 6

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

76
MEMBERS
277. If a set of spur gears are made, installed and
lubricated properly, they normally may be
subjected to failures like:
A. tooth spalling
B. tooth pending
C. pitting
D. shearing
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

77
MEMBERS
278. From experience specify the conventional
limit of flywheel operations to be at 6000 ft/min for
cast iron and __ft/ min for cast steel.
A. 7000
B. 8000
C. 10000
D. 12000
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

78
MEMBERS
279. What equation to use in computing the
acceleration of the center of a rolling ball with a
diameter of 8 inches.
A. O
B. r𝑤 2
C. 𝑤 2 /r
D. 𝑣 2 /r
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

79
MEMBERS
280. In a cutting tool the cutting end can also be
generally called
A. end cutting edge
B. nose
C. back rake
D. side rake

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

80
MEMBERS
281. What factors can modify the recommended
cutting speed of knows work piece?
A. rough cutting of work piece
B. modify the shape of the cutting tool
C. use correctly shaped cutting tools
D. depth of cut

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

81
MEMBERS
282. The material for material for engine radiator is
usually made of
A. yellow brass
B. silicon brass
C. admiralty brass
D. navy brass

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

82
MEMBERS
283. What type of leather belting should be used at
an ambient temperature above 140° and possible
acid liquid coming in contact with the belt?
A. mineral tanned
B. combination of oak
C. none of these
D. Oak tanned
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

83
MEMBERS
284. A machine shop equipment that can flatten
horizontally, vertically or angular plane.
A. shaper machine
B. welding machine
C. drill machine
D. powersaw

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

84
MEMBERS
285. A petroleum by-product used as electrodes in
an electric arc furnace melting operation.
A. anthracite coke
B. B. foundry coke
C. C. graphite electrodes
D. D. bituminous coke

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

85
MEMBERS
286. An example of rectilinear translation:
A. locomotive wheels
B. rack gear
C. piston of an engine
D. jack

94
MEMBERS
295. Non-metallic material for high melting
temperature being used as furnace lining
A. quartz bricks
B. refractories
C. silica sand
D. dolomite clay bricks

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

95
MEMBERS
296. For economical cost in the manufact large
worm gears the following mat usually applied.
A. bronze rim with cast steel spider
B. B. cast iron rim with bronze spider
C. C. cast steel rim with brass spider
D. D. alloyed aluminum rim with cast iron spider

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

96
MEMBERS
297. In greater quantity. this element 15 harmful to
the molten ferrous metal.
A. silicon
B. aluminum
C. oxides
D. sulfur

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

97
MEMBERS
298. ___ thread is used where thread requires
great strength and usually cut square on one side
and slanting on the other side
A. janno
B. buttress
C. square
D. double
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

98
MEMBERS
299. Internal stress exerted by the fibers to resist
the action of outside force is called
A. shearing stress
B. B. tensile stress
C. C. ultimate stress
D. D. compressive stress

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

99
MEMBERS
300. One of the following materials is not
mentioned for wire rope pulley/sheave
applications.
A. plastic
B. B. iron
C. C. paper
D. D. copper alloy
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

100
MEMBERS
301. is the theoretical profile of the thread for a length of
one pitch in the axial plane on which the design forms of
both the external threads are based.
A. basic form of thread
B. B. effective thread
C. C. basic profile of thread
D. D. design form of external thread

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

101
MEMBERS
302. A tool not belonging to the group:
A. hermaphrodite caliper
B. divider
C. double VEE block
D. trammel

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

102
MEMBERS
303. The maximum stress induced in a material
when subjected to intermittent or repeated load
without causing failure is called:
A. ultimate stress
B. endurance limit
C. ultimate torque
D. elastic limit
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

103
MEMBERS
304. The factor of safety generally applied in wire rope
design starts at 3-4 for standing rope application, 5-12 for
operating rope and for hazard to life and property
application like foundry operation.
A. higher values
B. 7-10
C. 8-10
D. 10-18
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

104
MEMBERS
305. Silicon manganese steel designation, SAE
A. 72xx
B. 40xx
C. 92xx
D. 9xx

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

105
MEMBERS
306. The recommended age limit of fire tube
boilers.
A. 35 years
B. 30 years
C. 40 years
D. 50 years

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

106
MEMBERS
307. In machine shop, had forging operation of
lengthening a piece of stock while reducing the
cross-sectional area of work is called:
A. bloating
B. upsetting
C. spreading
D. draining out
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

107
MEMBERS
308. A watt is equivalent to:
A. 42.4 Btu/min
B. 1 N-m/sec
C. 44.20 ft-lb/min
D. all of these

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

108
MEMBERS
309. Which of the following services is not
considered to be work of machinist?
A. reboring
B. grinding
C. overhauling
D. honing

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

109
MEMBERS
310. Cold drawing is also called:
A. hard drawn
B. cold lap steel
C. strain hardening
D. oxidized steel

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

110
MEMBERS
311. The top and bottom for gears Is similar formed
as to crest and for screw thread.
A. flank
B. root
C. flank of tooth
D. top land

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

111
MEMBERS
312. Intermediate gear is also called ____ gear in
a gear train arrangement.
A. idler
B. pinion
C. third gear
D. mounted gear

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

112
MEMBERS
313. The brittleness in steel at elevated
temperature is
A. hard drawn
B. cold lap
C. red shortness
D. residual stresses

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

113
MEMBERS
314. Material may be stretched and still returns to
its form/condition upon the release of force is
called
A. plasticity
B. modulus of elasticity
C. ductility
D. elastic limit
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

114
MEMBERS
315. Type of chuck wherein the work piece with
standard diameter or size could be attached fast
and quick especially small work of mass production
A. lathe drive plate
B. clamp toe dog
C. collet attachment
D. steady center rest
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

115
MEMBERS
316. Moment curve for a simple beam with a
concentrated load at middle span takes the shape
of a:
A. triangle
B. rectangular
C. trapezoid
D. semi-eclipse
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

116
MEMBERS
317. This particular cutting tool material could withstand
cutting temperatures of 1800°F and higher at cutting
speed beyond those possible with other cutting tool
materials.
A. titanium carbide
B. ceramic
C. carbide grade
D. cubic boron nitride
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

117
MEMBERS
318. Common defects encountered in the foundry
shop steel casting operating and also in welding
practices.
A. cracks
B. cold shot
C. parting line
D. blow/pin holes
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

118
MEMBERS
319. Some experiments made at Cornell University
showed that experience mechanic could break a
bolt due to nut tightening.
A. 3/8 inch
B. 5/8 inch
C. 1/2 inch
D. 7/16 inch
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

119
MEMBERS
320. The 3 most commonly used cam and follower
system are radial and offset translating roller
follower and roller follower.
A. reversing
B. pulsating
C. swinging
D. actuating
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

120
MEMBERS
321. Type of carbon and alloy used in production of
precision work tools.
A. chrome-manganese
B. titanium
C. high speed
D. chrome-molybdenum

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

121
MEMBERS
322. Recommended hardness of pinion
helical/herringbone gear tooth should be ____BHN
point to sustain life.
A. 50-59
B. 48-65
C. 40-50
D. 30-60
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

122
MEMBERS
323. Fast process of analyzing all elements and
chemical components of steel casting.
A. pyrometer
B. carbon analyzer
C. wet analyzer
D. spectrometer

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

123
MEMBERS
324. In small quantity this alloy is effective for
improvement strength at high temperature.
A. chromium
B. manganese
C. selenium
D. molybdenum

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

124
MEMBERS
325. Which of the following is not a kind of madrel.
A. expanded
B. extended
C. contraction
D. taper

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

125
MEMBERS
326. The arc of action to circular pitch or length of
action to base pitch.
A. approach ratio
B. contact ratio
C. arc of action
D. arc of approach

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

145
MEMBERS
346. Two more forces acting together could be
placed by a single force with same effect in a
mass.
A. couple of force
B. resolution of forces
C. resultant
D. concurrent of forces
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

146
MEMBERS
347. What is the recommended cutting speed
range for bronze in fpm?
A. 60/70
B. 200/250
C. 80/60
D. 100/110

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

147
MEMBERS
348. The resultant of two or more forces is also
called:
A. equilibrium
B. momentum
C. concurrent forces
D. resolution of forces

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

148
MEMBERS
349. Type of leather belt being applied with
waterproof cement.
A. combination of oak/mineral tannen
B. all of these
C. oak tanned
D. mineral tanned

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

149
MEMBERS
350. Cam in general may be divided into two
classes: uniform motion cam and_ motion cam.
A. reverse
B. gravity
C. decelerated
D. accelerated

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

150
MEMBERS
351. For ordinary turning, drilling and milling on low
strength steel the cutting fluid, applied have soluble
oil with consistency of 1 part oil to _ parts water.
A. 10 to 30
B. 10
C. 5 to 10
D. 10 to 20
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

151
MEMBERS
352. It is associated with nickel steel.
A. magnesium
B. lead
C. columbium
D. tin

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

152
MEMBERS
353. Often called necking or grooving in the cutting
of a groove next to a shoulder o piece of work is
called in a machine shop practice.
A. Chamfering square
B. undercutting
C. corner
D. edge cutting
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

153
MEMBERS
354. To prevent engine vibration to affect the
surrounding area, it is a standard practice to isolate
the engine and its foundation by at least mm.
A. 30
B. 20
C. 25
D. 36
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

154
MEMBERS
355. It is the drill backbone which run the entire
length of the drill between plates and sides rigidity
to the entire drill.
A. drill shaft
B. shank
C. tang
D. web
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

166
MEMBERS
368. The catwalk standard required for cleaning an
engine can be found in any power plant or power
generating unit.
A. 24 in
B. 22 in
C. 23 in
D. 25 in
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

167
MEMBERS
369. It is ideal for maximum quietness in sprocket
drive operation to choose more teeth.
A. 25
B. 26
C. 27
D. 28

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

168
MEMBERS
370. Consider a maximum safe center distance of
sprockets should be ___ pitches. Very long center
distance catenary tension in the chain.
A. 70
B. 80
C. 90
D. 100
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

169
MEMBERS
371. Extra flexible hoisting rope applications
A. 6x17
B. 6x37
C. 6x9
D. 6x21

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

170
MEMBERS
372. Deals only with the motion of bodies without
reference to the forces that cause them.
A. kinetics
B. motion
C. Kinematics
D. acceleration

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

171
MEMBERS
373. Tooth width measurement along the chord at
the pitch circle.
A. chord space
B. chord clearance
C. chordal thickness
D. chordal length

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

172
MEMBERS
374. The rule of thumb in journal bearing design,
the ratio/clearance should be:
A. 0.1001
B. 0.0101
C. 0.0110
D. 0.0010

The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

173
MEMBERS
375. A shaft that is used to connect or disconnect
at will is called ____
A. clutch
B. bearing
C. brake shaft
D. lock shaft

The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

174
MEMBERS
376. It is recommended for high speed application
that the minimum number of teeth in small sprocket
should be
A. 12 to 20
B. 18 to 24
C. 16 to 32
D. 14 to 28
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

175
MEMBERS
377. Material having a high electrical resistance
and should not be used as conductor of electrical
current
A. magnesium
B. copper
C. nickel
D. iron
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

176
MEMBERS
378. Torsional deflection is a significa
consideration in the design of shaft and limit should
be in the range of degrees foot of length.
A. 0.004 to 0.006
B. 0.08 to 1
C. 0.006 to 0.008
D. 0.008 to 1
The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

177
MEMBERS
379. The property that characterizes a materials
ability to be drawn into a wire.
A. plasticity
B. elasticity
C. ductility
D. utility

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

178
MEMBERS
380. The distance from a point on a screw thread
to a corresponding point on the next measure
along the axis.
A. radial
B. module
C. thickness
D. pitch
The answer is: D

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

179
MEMBERS
381. Designated pipe color used in communication.
A. green
B. light blue
C. white
D. light orange

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

180
MEMBERS
382. Stress relieving is also for the purpose of
reducing the internal stress of steel material/metal.
A. quenching
B. normalizing
C. tempenng
D. drawing

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

181
MEMBERS
383. Martensite (stainless steel) contains 4 to 26%
Cr and a maximum of _%.
A. 1.5
B. 3.5
C. 2.5
D. 4.5

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

182
MEMBERS
384. Progressive change in position of a body is
called:
A. acceleration
B. motion
C. force
D. momentum

The answer is: B

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

183
MEMBERS
385. Compute the cutting speed in fpm of a
workpiece with 2 inches diameter and running at
100 rpm.
A. 52
B. 62
C. 25
D. 26
The answer is: A

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

184
MEMBERS
386. A body weighing 1000 lbs falls strikes a 2000
lb/in spring. The deformation of the spring is ___
A. 2
B. 4
C. 3
D. 5

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

185
MEMBERS
387. To be responsible charge for the preparation of
plans, designs, investigations, valuation technical reports,
specifications, project studies or estimates, he must be a
A. ME
B. CPM
C. PME
D. CPM,'ME & PME

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

186
MEMBERS
388. To teach professional subjects in mechanical
engineering course, he must be a duly licensed or a
Master's degree or Doctorate degree holder in
Mechanical Engineering.
A. ME and CPM
B. CPM
C. PME
D. ME
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

187
MEMBERS
389. To operate, tend or maintain or be in charge of the
operation, tending or maintenance of any mechanical
works. projects or plants over 2,100 kw, he must be a
duly licensed ____
A. ME
B. CPM
C. PME
D. CPM, ME and PME
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

188
MEMBERS
390. Maximum plant capacity, in which a licensed
ME is allowed to operate, tend or maintain.
A. 300 kw
B. 1000 kw
C. 2000 kw
D. 3000 kw

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

189
MEMBERS
391. For a mechanical plant with capacity of 300
kw or over but not more than 2000 kw, the
personnel required must be at least.
A. ME
B. PME
C. CPM, ME & PME
D. PME & ME
The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

190
MEMBERS
392. The only accredited national organization for
Mechanical engineers.
A. PME
B. NME
C. PSME
D. POME

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

191
MEMBERS
393. Divide 1/8 to 8.
A. 1
B. 8
C. 2
D. 64

The answer is: 1

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

192
MEMBERS
394. Which of the following product of combustion
that has a property of resilience?
A. Grease
B. graphite electrode
C. rubtter
D. graphite powder

The answer is: C

EXCLUSIVE ONLY TO ES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW

193
MEMBERS

Cast Iron Properties and Machine Design
No ratings yet
Cast Iron Properties and Machine Design
101 pages
Machine Design Quiz: Module 12
No ratings yet
Machine Design Quiz: Module 12
6 pages
MD Alcorcon 03
No ratings yet
MD Alcorcon 03
101 pages
MDSP Elements
No ratings yet
MDSP Elements
404 pages
Refreshers (96 BRD 1) T1
No ratings yet
Refreshers (96 BRD 1) T1
3 pages
Machine Design Chapter 14 Quiz
No ratings yet
Machine Design Chapter 14 Quiz
4 pages
Machine Design Quiz for Engineers
100% (1)
Machine Design Quiz for Engineers
14 pages
MDSP Formulas
No ratings yet
MDSP Formulas
7 pages
Blue Book Terms p3 201-275
No ratings yet
Blue Book Terms p3 201-275
77 pages
Machine Design Examination 16
No ratings yet
Machine Design Examination 16
4 pages
Power & Industrial Plant Engineering Problems
0% (1)
Power & Industrial Plant Engineering Problems
178 pages
MD 1
No ratings yet
MD 1
32 pages
Machine Design Final Coaching Shuffled PDF
No ratings yet
Machine Design Final Coaching Shuffled PDF
385 pages
Mechanics 1
No ratings yet
Mechanics 1
44 pages
Pipe Vit 5
No ratings yet
Pipe Vit 5
13 pages
Elems 06
No ratings yet
Elems 06
101 pages
Algebra 3: Counting Techniques Review
No ratings yet
Algebra 3: Counting Techniques Review
2 pages
Essential Machine Tools and Techniques
No ratings yet
Essential Machine Tools and Techniques
200 pages
MD Yellow Book
No ratings yet
MD Yellow Book
385 pages
Engineering Terms and Definitions Guide
100% (2)
Engineering Terms and Definitions Guide
67 pages
Fluid Mechanics
No ratings yet
Fluid Mechanics
1 page
Engineering Concepts Quiz
No ratings yet
Engineering Concepts Quiz
100 pages
Mathfinal Refresh. 1
No ratings yet
Mathfinal Refresh. 1
1 page
RE1 - Machine Design Reviewer 4th Edition
No ratings yet
RE1 - Machine Design Reviewer 4th Edition
466 pages
IBONG TIRIRIT MATH 2 (Question)
No ratings yet
IBONG TIRIRIT MATH 2 (Question)
11 pages
Exercise 2.3: Solution
No ratings yet
Exercise 2.3: Solution
9 pages
Reviewer 4
No ratings yet
Reviewer 4
7 pages
Machine Design Final Coaching Shuffled PDF
100% (1)
Machine Design Final Coaching Shuffled PDF
385 pages
Machine Design Examination 17
No ratings yet
Machine Design Examination 17
4 pages
Machine Design Examination 15
No ratings yet
Machine Design Examination 15
5 pages
Refresher No.5 (Mesl)
No ratings yet
Refresher No.5 (Mesl)
4 pages
MDMSP Exam Apr 29, 2007
No ratings yet
MDMSP Exam Apr 29, 2007
4 pages
PANG MALAKASANG MD - Philippine Mechanical Code Sample Exam
No ratings yet
PANG MALAKASANG MD - Philippine Mechanical Code Sample Exam
206 pages
Machine Design Calculations and Concepts
No ratings yet
Machine Design Calculations and Concepts
215 pages
Machine Design 1 JRC
No ratings yet
Machine Design 1 JRC
110 pages
Machine Design Practice Problems Set 1
No ratings yet
Machine Design Practice Problems Set 1
53 pages
Pang Malakasang Mesl Elements
100% (1)
Pang Malakasang Mesl Elements
15 pages
MD Elements 08
No ratings yet
MD Elements 08
100 pages
Mechanical Engineering Quiz Questions
No ratings yet
Mechanical Engineering Quiz Questions
100 pages
Vip No.7 - Pipe
No ratings yet
Vip No.7 - Pipe
4 pages
Elements in Machine Design (J.T.) Module 16
100% (1)
Elements in Machine Design (J.T.) Module 16
6 pages
Untitled
No ratings yet
Untitled
6 pages
Essential Metalworking Techniques Quiz
No ratings yet
Essential Metalworking Techniques Quiz
100 pages
Machine Design
No ratings yet
Machine Design
16 pages
MCQ in Machine Design Part 4 ME Board Exam
No ratings yet
MCQ in Machine Design Part 4 ME Board Exam
19 pages
MD Elements 05
50% (2)
MD Elements 05
100 pages
Refresher No.5 (MDSP)
No ratings yet
Refresher No.5 (MDSP)
4 pages
Duaso Test
100% (1)
Duaso Test
51 pages
Basic Engineering Correlation Algebra Re
No ratings yet
Basic Engineering Correlation Algebra Re
78 pages
Preboards 2-Pipe
No ratings yet
Preboards 2-Pipe
4 pages
Philippine Mechanical Code Guidelines
100% (1)
Philippine Mechanical Code Guidelines
118 pages
HMMMM
No ratings yet
HMMMM
2 pages
Pipe 2
No ratings yet
Pipe 2
349 pages
Machine Design Exam Review Questions
No ratings yet
Machine Design Exam Review Questions
101 pages
MDSP Elements Part 1
No ratings yet
MDSP Elements Part 1
101 pages
MDSP Elements Part 4
No ratings yet
MDSP Elements Part 4
101 pages
MDSP Elements Part 1
No ratings yet
MDSP Elements Part 1
101 pages
MDSP Elements Part 4
No ratings yet
MDSP Elements Part 4
101 pages
MDSP Elements Part 5
No ratings yet
MDSP Elements Part 5
101 pages
Machine Design and Materials Quiz
No ratings yet
Machine Design and Materials Quiz
6 pages
Diesel Power Plant
No ratings yet
Diesel Power Plant
32 pages
Evaluation of A Public Technology-Based Traffic Enforcement Program
No ratings yet
Evaluation of A Public Technology-Based Traffic Enforcement Program
13 pages
Industrial Plant Engineering
No ratings yet
Industrial Plant Engineering
10 pages
Lesson 6 TORSION December 7 2023
No ratings yet
Lesson 6 TORSION December 7 2023
21 pages
Chapter 6 2020 Mechanical Properties
No ratings yet
Chapter 6 2020 Mechanical Properties
47 pages
9% Nickel Steel Welding
No ratings yet
9% Nickel Steel Welding
11 pages
Design of Tension Members
No ratings yet
Design of Tension Members
30 pages
Strut & Tie Model
No ratings yet
Strut & Tie Model
27 pages
Engineering Material Specification: Approval From The Sheet Metal Tech Club
No ratings yet
Engineering Material Specification: Approval From The Sheet Metal Tech Club
8 pages
Engineers' Guide to HSS Load Yielding
No ratings yet
Engineers' Guide to HSS Load Yielding
6 pages
Heat Treatment Guide for Welders
No ratings yet
Heat Treatment Guide for Welders
9 pages
Biomaterials 18.8.2020
No ratings yet
Biomaterials 18.8.2020
21 pages
Strength of Materials
100% (3)
Strength of Materials
60 pages
Lab 2 - Tensile Testing - Final
No ratings yet
Lab 2 - Tensile Testing - Final
7 pages
Flatteners and Levelers
No ratings yet
Flatteners and Levelers
6 pages
Understanding Failure Theories in Design
No ratings yet
Understanding Failure Theories in Design
3 pages
Triaxial Stress Analysis
100% (1)
Triaxial Stress Analysis
7 pages
Comparision of Pressure Vessel Codes
100% (1)
Comparision of Pressure Vessel Codes
24 pages
U 02530863088
No ratings yet
U 02530863088
3 pages
LIMCOM SPLICE 1 - Bracing3 OK
No ratings yet
LIMCOM SPLICE 1 - Bracing3 OK
3 pages
Astm D 1037 1999
No ratings yet
Astm D 1037 1999
31 pages
JIS G3464 Steel Tubes for Heat Exchangers
No ratings yet
JIS G3464 Steel Tubes for Heat Exchangers
14 pages
Prequalified Seismic Moment Connections
No ratings yet
Prequalified Seismic Moment Connections
2 pages
Purlin Theory
No ratings yet
Purlin Theory
2 pages
2 - Casing Calculations
100% (1)
2 - Casing Calculations
46 pages
Properties of Electrodeposits
No ratings yet
Properties of Electrodeposits
27 pages
Cavitation-Erosion Resistant Weld Materials For Hydro Turbine Repair
No ratings yet
Cavitation-Erosion Resistant Weld Materials For Hydro Turbine Repair
15 pages
Ae 704 Deformation and Fracture: Linear Elasticity: Gdes
No ratings yet
Ae 704 Deformation and Fracture: Linear Elasticity: Gdes
3 pages
Bhandari-2015 - 3D Analysis and Design of Surge Shaft Chambers For Tehri HEP in India
No ratings yet
Bhandari-2015 - 3D Analysis and Design of Surge Shaft Chambers For Tehri HEP in India
10 pages
Hilti Rebar Calculation PDF
No ratings yet
Hilti Rebar Calculation PDF
5 pages
Amendments To RES22 EIF 1.5.2023
No ratings yet
Amendments To RES22 EIF 1.5.2023
15 pages
International Journal of Non-Linear Mechanics: Philippe Le Grognec, Kahina Sad Saoud
No ratings yet
International Journal of Non-Linear Mechanics: Philippe Le Grognec, Kahina Sad Saoud
13 pages
Comparison of Methods For The Measurement of Fibre - Matrix Adhesion in Composites
100% (1)
Comparison of Methods For The Measurement of Fibre - Matrix Adhesion in Composites
26 pages
Civil Engineering Beam Design
100% (1)
Civil Engineering Beam Design
26 pages